+ All Categories
Home > Documents > lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the...

lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the...

Date post: 06-Jan-2020
Category:
Upload: others
View: 0 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
219
2005
Transcript
Page 1: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

2005

Page 2: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

A010A03A-AAT

WARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLE

o New Vehicle 60 Months/60,000 Miles Limited Warrantyo New Vehicle 120 Months/100,000 Miles Limited Powertrain Warranty (original owner only)o Anti-Perforation Limited Warrantyo Emission Defect Warranty - Federal Vehicleo California Emission Control System Warranty (if applicable)o Emission Performance Warranty - Federal Vehicleo Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty

NOTE:Detailed warranty information is provided in your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.

A020A01A-AAT

RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCE

The maintenance requirements for your new Hyundai are found in Section 5. As the owner, it is your responsibilityto see that all maintenance operations specified by the manufacturer are carried out at the appropriate intervals.When the vehicle is used in severe driving conditions, more frequent maintenance is required for some operations.Maintenance requirements for severe operating conditions are also included in Section 5.

Page 3: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

OWNER'S MANUAL

A030A03A-AAT

OperationMaintenanceSpecifications

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at anytime so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment.As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.

A030A01A

Page 4: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

A070A01A-AAT

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safetyor durability of your Hyundai and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle.Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportationand other federal or state agencies.

A080A01S-AAT

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possible for animproperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic systems. For thisreason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instructions or consult your Hyundaidealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.

!

Page 5: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

!

A090A01A-AAT

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTE.These titles indicate the following:

WARNING:This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or other persons ifthe warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.

CAUTION:This indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if the caution isnot heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.

NOTE:This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.

!

Page 6: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

A110A01A-AAT

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

Your Hyundai vehicle is equipped with many high technology, electronically controlled systems that help to ensureyour vehicle operates properly and provides the performance that you expect. These systems utilize computersto monitor the operation of various systems and components and help to control their operation. Thesecomputerized system operations are wide-ranging and involve components to reduce emissions, to continuouslyevaluate the readiness of the airbag and seat belt pretensioner systems, to determine when the airbag and seatbelt pre-tensioner systems should be deployed and then to activate the deployment, and if equipped, to operateanti-lock braking, traction control and electrical stability control to assist the driver to control the vehicle in difficultdriving situations. These systems electronically store information that is useful to service technicians when theyneed to diagnose and repair these systems. Additional information is stored only when a crash occurs that resultsin the deployment of the airbags or seat belt pre-tensioners. This type of data storage is done by devices calledevent data recorders(EDR).

After a crash event, the airbag and seat belt pre-tensioner computer system, known as the SupplementalRestraint System Control Module (SRSCM) or Airbag Control Unit (ACU), may record some information aboutthe condition of the vehicle and how it was being operated. This information consists of data related to seat beltusage and if there was diagnostic information in the airbag or seat belt systems at the time that a crash occurred,and if the ACU sensed that a crash of sufficient severity occurred to require seat belt pre-tensioner or airbagdeployment.

To retrieve this information, special equipment is needed and access to the vehicle or the device that stores thedata is required. Hyundai will not access information about a crash event or share it with others except:

o in response to an official request of police or similar government office, oro with the consent of the vehicle owner or, if the vehicle is leased, with the consent of the lessee, oro as part of Hyundai’s defense of litigation through the discovery process, oro as required by law.

Page 7: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

A040A01A-AAT

FOREWORD

Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating people whodrive Hyundai. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something of whichwe're very proud.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggested that you readit carefully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car.

The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized Hyundaidealer. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that maybe required.

A050A04A-AAT

HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY

Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leavethe manual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.

CAUTION:Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do notmeet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifica-tions listed on Page 9-4 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual and which also appearin the Service Station Information on the back cover of the Owner's Manual.

Copyright 2005 Hyundai Motor Company. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored inany retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai MotorCompany.

!

Page 8: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

A100A03A-AAT

Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts?

Hyundai Genuine Parts are the same partsused by Hyundai Motor Company to manu-facture vehicles. They are designed andtested for the optimum safety, performance,and reliability to our customers.

2. Why should you use genuine parts?

Hyundai Genuine Parts are engineered andbuilt to meet rigid manufacturing require-ments. Using imitation, counterfeit or usedsalvage parts is not covered under theHyundai New Vehicle Limited Warranty orany other Hyundai warranty. In addition, anydamage to or failure of Genuine HyundaiParts caused by the installation or failure of

an imitation, counterfeit or used salvage partis not covered by any Hyundai Warranty.

3. How can you tell if you are purchasingHyundai Genuine Parts?

Look for the Hyundai Genuine Parts Logo onthe package (see below).

Hyundai Genuine Parts exported to the UnitedStates are packaged with labels written onlyin English.

Hyundai Genuine Parts are only sold throughauthorized Hyundai Dealerships.

" To find the closest authorized dealercall 1-800-826-CARS "

A100A01L A100A02L A100A04L

A100A03L

Page 9: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 5

1

2

3

4

6

7

8

9

10

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

CORROSION PREVENTION & APPEARANCE CARE

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS &BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX

Page 10: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

B250A01A-AAT

B250A01A-1

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Page 11: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1. Panel Brightness Control Knob (Rheostat Switch) 2. Rear Wiper/Washer Switch (If Installed) 3. Multi-Function Light Switch 4. Instrument Cluster 5. Horn and Driver's Airbag 6. Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch 7. Digital Clock (If Installed) 8. Rear Window Defroster Switch (If Installed) 9. Hazard Warning Light Switch10.Front Fog Light Switch (If Installed)11.Audio System (If Installed)

12.Heating/Air Conditioning Control Panel13.Passenger's Airbag14.Glove Box15.Hood Release Lever16.Cigarette Lighter17.Ashtray18.Front Drink Holder19.Shift Lever20.Parking Brake Lever21.Rear Drink Holder

CAUTION:When installing a container of liquid air freshener inside the vehicle, do not place it near the instrument cluster noron the instrument panel surface. If there is any leakage from the air freshener onto these areas (Instrument cluster,instrument panel or air ventilator), it may damage these parts. If the liquid from the air freshener does leak onto theseareas, wash them with water immediately.

!

Page 12: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

YOUR VEHICLE AT A GLANCE

High Beam Indicator Light

Parking Brake/Low Brake Fluid Level

Warning Light

Door Ajar Warning Light

O/D OFF Indicator

(Automatic transaxle only)

B255A01A-AAT

INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT PANEL

* More detailed explanations of these items will be found begining on page 1-38.

SRS (Airbag) Service Reminder

Indicator

ABS Service Reminder Indicator (If Installed)

Turn Signal Indicator Lights

Low Oil Pressure Warning Light

Charging System Warning Light

Low Fuel Level Warning Light

Malfunction Indicator Light

Seat Belt Reminder Light

Trunk Lid / Tail Gate Open Warning Light

Page 13: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1Fuel Recommendations ................................................ 1-2Breaking in Your New Hyundai .................................... 1-3Key................................................................................ 1-3Door Locks (Keyless Entry System) .................... 1-4, 1-6Window Glass (Power Windows) ....................... 1-9, 1-10Seat ............................................................................. 1-11Seat Belt ..................................................................... 1-16Child Restraint System............................................... 1-22Dual-Stage Supplemental Restraint (AIRBAG) System ...................................................................... 1-30Instrument Cluster and Indicator Lights ..................... 1-37Warning and Indicator Lights ...................................... 1-39Trip Computer ............................................................. 1-44Multi-Function Light Switch ......................................... 1-47Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch ....................... 1-48Mirror ........................................................................... 1-56Hood Release ............................................................. 1-59Heating and Cooling Control ...................................... 1-65Stereo Sound System ................................................ 1-74Audio System ............................................................. 1-76Antenna ....................................................................... 1-93

1

Page 14: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

2 FUEL RECOMMENDATIONS

UNLEADEDFUEL ONLY

B010A04A

!B010A02A-AAT

Use Unleaded Gasoline

Unleaded gasoline with a Pump OctaneRating of 87 (Research Octane Number 91)or higher must be used in your Hyundai.

If leaded gasoline is used, it will cause thecatalytic converter to become ineffective andthe emission control system to malfunction. Thiscan also result in increased maintenance ex-pense.

To avoid accidental use of leaded fuel, the largernozzle used with leaded gasoline at servicestations cannot be inserted into the fuel tankopening of your Hyundai.

B010B01A-AAT

What About Gasohol?

Gasohol (a mixture of 90% unleaded gasolineand 10% ethanol or grain alcohol) may be usedin your Hyundai. However, if your engine devel-ops driveability problems, the use of 100% un-leaded gasoline is recommended. Fuels withunspecified quantities of alcohol, or alcoholsother than ethanol, should not be used.

B010C01A-AAT

Use of MTBE

Hyundai recommends that fuels containingMTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0%vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) should notbe used in your Hyundai.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol. (OxygenContent 2.7% weight) may reduce vehicle per-formance and produce vapor lock or hard start-ing.

B010D01A-AAT

Do Not Use Methanol

Fuels containing methanol (wood alcohol) shouldnot be used in your Hyundai. This type of fuelcan reduce vehicle performance and damagecomponents of the fuel system.

CAUTION:o Do not "TOP-OFF" after the first nozzle

shut off when refueling.o The fuel cap must be tightened at least

3 clicks, otherwise " " light may ill-uminate.

CAUTION:Your Hyundai's New Vehicle Limited Warran-ty may not cover damage to the fuel systemand any performance problems that are causedby the use of fuels containing methanol orfuels containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary ButylEther) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7%weight.)

!

Page 15: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

3KEYSBREAKING IN YOUR NEW HYUNDAI

B010F01A-AAT

Operation in Foreign Countries

If you are going to drive your Hyundai in anothercountry, be sure to:

o Observe all regulations regarding registra-tion and insurance.

o Determine that acceptable fuel is available.

B010E01A-AAT

Gasolines for Cleaner Air

To help contribute to cleaner air, Hyundai rec-ommends that you use gasolines treated withdetergent additives, which help prevent depositformation in the engine. These gasolines willhelp the engine run cleaner and enhanceperformance of the Emission Control System.

B020A01S-AAT

During the First 1200 Miles (2000 Km)

No formal "break-in" procedure is required withyour new Hyundai. However, you can contributeto the economical operation and durability ofyour Hyundai by observing the following recom-mendations during the first 1200 miles (2000km).

o Don't drive faster than 55 MPH (88 km/h).o While driving, keep your engine speed (rpm,

or revolutions per minute) between 2,000rpm and 4,000 rpm.

o Use moderate acceleration. Don't start quicklyor depress the accelerator pedal fully.

o For the first 200 miles (300 km), try to avoidhard stops.

o Don't lug the engine (in other words, don'tdrive so slowly in too high a gear that theengine "bucks"-shift to a lower gear).

o Whether going fast or slow, vary your speedfrom time to time.

o Don't let the engine idle longer than 3 min-utes at one time.

o Don't tow a trailer during the first 1,200 miles(2,000 km) of operation.

B030A01A-AAT

For greater convenience, the same key oper-ates all the locks in your Hyundai. However,because the doors can be locked without akey, carrying a spare key is recommended incase you accidentally lock one key inside thecar.

B030A01E

Page 16: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

4 DOOR LOCKS

!

B030B01A-AAT

Record Your Key Number

A code number is stamped on the number platethat came with the keys to your Hyundai. Thiskey number plate should not be left with thekeys but kept in a safe place, not in the vehicle.The key number should also be recorded in aplace where it can be found in an emergency.If you need additional keys, or if you should loseyour keys, your authorized Hyundai dealer canmake new keys if you can supply the keynumber.

B030B01E

B040A01A-AAT B040B02A-AAT

Locking and Unlocking Front Doors witha Key

o The door can be locked or unlocked with akey.

o Lock the door by turning the key toward thefront of the vehicle and unlock it by turningthe key toward the rear.

NOTE:The driver's door can be unlocked by turningthe key once toward the rear. If you wish tounlock all doors, turn the key again towardthe rear within 4 seconds. (With centraldoor locking system)

WARNING:o Unlocked doors can be dangerous. Be-

fore you drive away (especially if thereare children in the car), be sure that all thedoors are securely closed and locked sothat the doors cannot be opened from theinside. This helps ensure that the doorswill not be opened accidentally. Also,when combined with the proper use ofseat belts, locking the doors helps keepoccupants from being ejected from thecar in case of an accident.

o Before opening the door, always lookfor and avoid oncoming traffic.

UNLOCK

HLC2003

LOCK

Page 17: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

5

B040D01FC-GAT

Locking from the Inside

To lock the doors from the inside, simply closethe door and push the lock switch to the "LOCK"position. When this is done, neither the outsidenor the inside door handle can be used.

NOTE:When the door is locked, the red mark on theswitch is not visible and the character "LOCK"on the switch is visible.

B040E03A-AAT

CHILD-PROTECTOR REAR DOORLOCK (If Installed)

Your Hyundai is equipped with a "child-protec-tor" rear door lock assembly. When the lockmechanism is engaged, the rear door cannot beopened from the inside. Its use is recom-mended whenever there are small children inthe rear seat.To engage the child-protector feature so thatthe door cannot be opened from the inside,move the child-protector lever to the " "position and close the door. Move the lever tothe " " position when normal door operationis desired.If you wish to be able to open the door from theoutside, the outside door handle will functionnormally.

The doors can be locked without a key.To lock the doors, first push the inside lockswitch to the "LOCK" position so that the redmark on the switch is not visible, then close thedoor.

NOTE:o If your vehicle is equipped with central

door locking system, the door will notlock if the key is left in the ignitionswitch when the front doors are closed.

o When locking the door this way, becareful not to lock the door with theignition key left in the vehicle.

B040C04A-AAT

Locking from Outside

B040C01A-1

HLC2004

LOCKUNLOCK

HLC2005

o To protect against theft, always removethe ignition key, close all windows, andlock all doors and the trunk lid(4 Door)/ tail gate(3 Door) when leaving yourvehicle unattended.

Page 18: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

6

!

KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

B040G02A-GAT

Central Door Lock (If Installed)

B040G01A-1

The central door locking is operated by pushingthe driver's door lock switch toward the front orrear of the vehicle. If the passenger and reardoors are open when the switch is pushed, thedoor will remain locked when closed.

NOTE:o When pushing the switch toward the rear,

all doors will unlock.When pushing the switch toward the front,all doors will lock.

o When the door is unlocked, the red markon the switch is visible and the character"LOCK" on the switch is not visible.

o The central door locking is operated byturning the key toward the front or rear ofthe vehicle.

B070F02O-AAT

(If Installed)

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCCrules. Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:(1) This device may not cause harmful inter-ference. and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received.Including interference that may cause undes-ired operation.

CAUTION:Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible for com-pliance could void the user's authority tooperate the equipement

Locking doors

1. Close all doors.2. Push the "LOCK" button on the transmitter.3. At the same time all doors lock, the turn

signal light will blink once to indicate that thesystem is armed.

Unlocking doors

1. Push the "UNLOCK" button on the trans-mitter.

2. At the same time the driver's door unlocks,the turn signal light will blink twice to indicatethat the system is disarmed.

NOTE:If you wish to unlock all the doors, press the"UNLOCK" button on the transmitter againwithin 4 seconds.

Page 19: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

7

B070A01A-AAT

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM(If Installed)

This system is designed to provide protectionfrom unauthorized entry into the car. This sys-tem is operated in three stages: the first is the"Armed" stage, the second is the "Alarm" stage,and the third is the "Disarmed" stage. If trig-gered, the system provides an audible alarmwith blinking of the turn signal lights.

B070D02A

B070B02A-AAT

Armed Stage

Park the car and stop the engine. Arm thesystem as described in the following paragraph.

1) Remove the ignition key from the ignitionswitch.

2) Make sure that the engine hood and trunk lid(4 Door)/tail gate (3 Door) are closed andlatched.

3) Lock the doors using the transmitter of thekeyless entry system.

After completion of the steps above, the turnsignal lights will blink once to indicate that thesystem is armed.

LOCKUNLOCK

PANIC

! CAUTION:o Do not arm the system until all passen-

gers have left the car. If the system isarmed while a passenger(s) remains inthe car, the alarm may be activated whenthe remaining passenger(s) leaves the car.

o If the "LOCK" button is pressed oncemore within 4 seconds after pushing the"LOCK" button on the transmitter, thealarming horn will sound once to indicatethat the system is armed.

NOTE:If any door, trunk lid (4 Door)/tail gate (3 Door)or engine hood remains open, the system willnot be armed. If this happens, rearm thesystem as described above.

Page 20: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

8

B070E02A-AAT

Panic Warning

1. Push the "PANIC" button on the transmitter.2. At the same time, the alarming horn will

sound and the turn signal lights will blinkcontinuously for 30 seconds.

3. To turn off the system, push the "PANIC"button again on the transmitter.

B070D02A-AAT

Disarmed Stage

The system will be disarmed when the followingstep is taken:

The driver's or passenger's door is unlocked bydepressing the "UNLOCK" button on the trans-mitter or the ignition key.

After completion of the steps above, the turnsignal lights will blink twice to indicate that thesystem is disarmed.

If any door, trunk lid(4 Door)/tail gate(3 Door) orengine hood is not opened within 30 seconds,the system will be rearmed.

NOTE:When the system is disarmed with the inte-rior light switched to "DR" or " ", the interiorlight will illuminate for 30 seconds.

B070C03A-AAT

Alarm Stage

The alarm will be activated if any of the follow-ing occurs while the car is parked and thesystem is armed.

1) A door or tail gate(3 Door) is opened withoutusing the transmitter or the ignition key.

2) The trunk lid(4 Door) is opened without usingthe ignition key.

3) The engine hood is opened.

The alarming horn will sound and the turnsignal lights will blink continuously for 27 sec-onds (This happens 3 times). To turn off thesystem, unlock the door with the transmitter orthe ignition key.

CAUTION:Avoid trying to start the engine while thesystem is armed.

!

Page 21: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

9WINDOW GLASS

!

B070E02HP-AAT

Replacing the battery

When the transmitter's battery begins to getweak, it may take several pushes on the buttonto lock or unlock the doors, and the LED will notlight. Replace the battery as soon as possible.

Battery type : CR2032

Replacement instructions:1. Carefully separate the case with a blade

screwdriver as shown in the illustration.

2. Remove the old battery from the case andnote the polarity. Make sure the polarity ofthe new battery is the same(+side facingdown), then insert it in the transmitter.

B070E03A-1

Screwdriver

Battery

B070E02A-1

B050A01A

B050A01A-AAT

To raise or lower the window, turn the windowregulator handle clockwise or counterclock-wise.

WARNING:When opening or closing the windows, makesure your passenger's arms, hands and bodyare safely out of the way.

Page 22: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

10

!

HLC2009

(1)

HLC2014

In order to prevent operation of the passengerfront and rear windows, a window lock switch isprovided on the armrest of the driver's door. Todisable the power windows, press the windowlock switch.To return to normal operation, press the win-dow lock switch a second time.

B060A01E-AAT

POWER WINDOWS (If Installed)

The power windows operate when the ignitionkey is in the "ON" position. The main switchesare located on the driver's armrest and controlthe front and rear windows on both sides of thevehicle. The windows may be opened by de-pressing the appropriate window switch andclosed by pulling up the switch. To open thewindow on the driver's side, press the switch(1)down. The window moves as long as the switchis operated.

Auto-Down Window(Driver's Side) (If Installed)

The Auto-Down window is moved to its fullyopen position by pushing the switch. To stop atthe desired position push the switch again.

(1)

4 Door

3 Door

WARNING:1) Be careful that someone's head, hands

and body are not trapped by a closingwindow.

2) Never try to operate the main switch onthe driver's door and the individual doorwindow switch in opposing directions atthe same time. If this is done, the windowwill stop and cannot be opened or closed.

3) Do not leave children alone in the car.Always remove the ignition key for theirsafety.

Page 23: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

11ADJUSTABLE FRONT SEATS

!

B080C01A-AAT

Adjusting Seatback Angle

To recline the seatback, lean forward to takeyour weight off it, then pull up on the reclinercontrol lever at the outside edge of the seat.Now lean back until the desired seatback angleis achieved. To lock the seatback into position,release the recliner control lever.

B080A01A-AAT

To move the seat toward the front or rear, pullthe lock release lever upward. This will releasethe seat on its track so you can move it forwardor rearward to the desired position.When you find the position you want, releasethe lever and slide the seat forward or rear-ward on its track until it locks into the desiredposition and cannot be moved further.

B080B02A-AAT

Adjusting Seat Forward and Rearward

WARNING:Never attempt to adjust the seat while thevehicle is moving. This could result in lossof control, or an accident which may causedeath, serious injury, or property damage.

HLC2026 HLC2027

! WARNING:To ensure the seat is locked securely, at-tempt to move the seat forward or rearwardwithout using the lock release lever.

Page 24: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

12

!!B080D03A-AAT

Adjustable Headrests

Headrests are designed to help reduce therisk of neck injuries.To raise the headrest, pull it up. To lower it,push it down while pressing the lock knob.

WARNING:To minimize risk of severe injury in the eventof a collision or sudden stop, both the driverand passenger seatbacks should always be ina nearly upright position while the vehicle isin motion. The protection provided by theseat belts and airbags in a frontal collisionmay be reduced significantly when theseatback is reclined. There is greater riskthat the driver and passenger will slideunder the seat belt which may result inserious injury if a crash occurs when theseatback is reclined.

B080D01A

Lock knob

WARNING:

o For maximum effectiveness in case ofan accident, the headrest should beadjusted so the middle of the headrestis at the same height as the top of theoccupant's eyes. The use of a cushionthat holds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

o Do not operate the vehicle with theheadrests removed as severe injury toan occupant may occur in the event ofan accident. Headrests may provideprotection against severe neck injurieswhen properly adjusted.

o Do not adjust the headrest height whilethe vehicle is in motion.

B080D01JM

Page 25: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

13

B080E01O-AAT

Lumbar Support Control(Driver's Seat only) (If Installed)

To adjust the lumbar support, turn the handleon the outboard or left side of the seat. Toincrease the amount of lumbar support, pullthe lever forward. To decrease it, push thelever toward the rear.

1. Minimum support2. Maximum supprot

HLC2029

B080F01S-AAT

Seat Cushion Height Adjustment(Driver's Seat only) (If Installed)

To raise or lower the front part of the seatcushion, turn the front knob forward or rearward.To raise or lower the rear part of the seatcushion, turn the rear knob forward or rear-ward.Clockwise raises the seat, counterclockwiselowers the seat.

HLC2028

B080G01A-GAT

Adjusting Armrest Angle(Driver's side only)

The armrest will be raised or lowered manu-ally.To raise the armrest, pull it up.To lower it, press the armrest down.

B080G02A-1

(1)

(2)

Page 26: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

14 REAR SEAT

!

!

B130A01A-AAT

REAR SEAT ENTRY (For 3-door model)

The front passenger's seatback should betilted to enter the rear seat.By pulling up on the recliner control lever (1)at the outside of the front passenger's seat,the seatback will tilt forward and the seat willautomatically slide forward.Rear seat occupants can tilt the frontpassenger's seatback by depressing the footlever (2) as shown in the illustration.

HTB258

(1)

(2)

WARNING:Passengers sitting in the rear seat should becareful not to accidentally press the foot lever(2) while the vehicle is moving, as this maycause the seatback to move forward and in-jure a front seat occupant.

Lock Knob

B090A01A-GAT

Adjustable Headrests(If Installed)

Headrests are designed to help reduce therisk of neck injuries.To raise the headrest, pull it up. To lower it,push it down while pressing the lock knob.

B090A01A-1

WARNING:o For maximum effectiveness in case of

an accident, the headrest should beadjusted so the top of the headrest isat the same height as the top of theoccupant's ears. The use of a cushionthat holds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

o Do not operate vehicle with the head-rests removed as severe injury to anoccupant may occur in the event of anaccident. Headrests may provide pro-tection against severe neck injurieswhen properly adjusted.

Page 27: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

15

!! WARNING:The purpose of the fold-down rear seatbacksis to allow you to carry longer objects thancould otherwise be accommodated. Neverallow passengers to sit on top of the folded-down seatback while the car is moving as thisis not a proper seating position and no seatbelts are available for use when the seatbacksare folded down. This could result in seriousinjury or death in case of an accident or asudden stop. Objects carried on the folded-down seatback should not extend higher thanthe top of the front seats. This could allowcargo to slide forward and cause injury ordamage during sudden stops.

For greater convenience, the entire seatbackmay be folded down or the seatbacks may befolded down individually.

o To unlock the seatback, pull up the seatbacklocking knob, then push forward on theseatback panel.

o When you return the seatback to its uprightposition, always be sure it has locked intoposition by pulling and pushing on the top ofthe seatback.

B110A02A-1

WARNING:When you return the rear seatback to itsupright position after being folded down,be careful not to damage the seat beltwebbing or buckle. In addition, do not allowthe seat belt webbing or buckle to getcaught or pinched in the rear seat.

B110A03A-AAT

Folding Rear Seatbacks(If Installed)

B110A01A-1

Page 28: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

16 SEAT BELTS

B140A01S-AAT

REAR SEAT WARNING

For the safety of all passengers, luggage orother cargo should not be piled higher than thetop of the seatback. In addition, do not placeobjects on the rear shelf as they may moveforward during braking or in an accident andstrike vehicle passengers.

B140A01A

!

!

!

B150B02A-AAT

Infant or Small Child

All 50 states have child restraint laws. Youshould be aware of the specific requirements inyour state. Child and/or infant safety seats mustbe properly placed and installed in the rear seat.Information about the use of these restraintsbegins on page 1-22.

B150A01S-AAT

SEAT BELT PRECAUTIONS

WARNING:All occupants of the vehicle must wear theirseat belts at all times. Note that this vehicle isequipped with a Supplemental Restraint(Airbag) System as discussed beginning onpage 1-30. The seat belts must be used inconjunction with the supplemental airbag sys-tem. State laws require that some or all occu-pants of the vehicle use seat belts. The possi-bility of increased injury or severity of injuryin an accident will be increased if this elemen-tary safety precaution is not observed.In addition, follow the other instructionsprovided in this section.

WARNING:Every person in your vehicle needs to bebuckled up at all times, including infants andchildren. In a collision, an unrestrained childcan become a "missile" inside the car. Theforce required to hold a child on your lapcould be so great that you could not hold thechild. Any child riding in the vehicle shouldalways be in a proper restraint.

NOTE:Small children are best protected from injuryin an accident when properly restrained in therear seat by a child restraint system thatmeets the requirements of the Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standards. Before buying anychild restraint system, make sure that it has alabel certifying that it meets Motor VehicleSafety Standard 213. The restraint must beappropriate for your child's height and weight.Check the label on the child restraint for thisinformation. See page 1-22.

Page 29: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

17

!B150E01A-AAT

Injured Person

A seat belt should be used when an injuredperson is being transported. When this is nec-essary, you should consult a physician for rec-ommendations.

B150F01A-AAT

One Person Per Belt

Two people (including children) should neverattempt to use a single seat belt. This couldincrease the severity of injuries in case of anaccident.

B150G01A-AAT

Do Not Lie Down

To reduce the chance of injuries in the eventof an accident and to achieve maximum effec-tiveness of the restraint system, all passen-gers should be sitting up and the front seatsshould be in an upright position when the caris moving. A seat belt cannot provide properprotection if the person is lying down in the rearseat or if the front seat is in a reclined position.

WARNING:Sitting in a reclined position or lying downwhen your vehicle is in motion can be danger-ous. Even if you buckle up, your seat beltscan't do their job when you're reclined. Theshoulder belt can't do its job because it won'tbe against your body. Instead, it will be infront of you. In a crash you could go into itwith great force, receiving serious neck orother injuries. The lap belt can't do its jobeither. In a crash the belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forces would be there,not at your strong pelvic bones. This couldcause serious internal injuries.For proper protection when the vehicle is inmotion, have the seatback upright. Then sitback in the seat and wear your seat beltproperly. See Page 1-19.

B150D01A-AAT

Pregnant Women

The use of a seat belt is recommended forpregnant women to lessen the chance of injuryin an accident. When a seat belt is used, the lapbelt portion should be placed as low and snuglyas possible on the hips, not across the abdo-men. For specific recommendations, consult aphysician.

B150C02A-AAT

Larger Children

Children who are too large for child restraintsystems should always occupy the rear seatand use the available lap/shoulder belts. Thelap portion should be fastened snug on thehips and as low as possible. Check belt fitperiodically. A child's squirming could put thebelt out of position. Children are afforded themost safety in the event of an accident whenthey are restrained by a proper restraint sys-tem in the rear seat. If a larger child (over age13) must be seated in the front seat, the childshould be securely restrained by the availablelap/shoulder belt and the seat should be placedin the rearmost position. Children under theage of 13 should be restrained securely in therear seat. NEVER place a child under the ageof 13 in the front seat. NEVER place a rearfacing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle.

Page 30: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

18

!

B160A01A-AAT

CARE OF SEAT BELTS

Seat belt systems should never be disassem-bled or modified. In addition, care should betaken to assure that seat belts and belt hard-ware are not damaged by seat hinges, doors orother abuse.

B160B01A-AAT

Periodic Inspection

It is recommended that all seat belts be in-spected periodically for wear or damage of anykind. Parts of the system that are damagedshould be replaced as soon as possible.

WARNING:When you return the rear seatback to itsupright position after the rear seatback wasfolded down, be careful not to damage theseat belt webbing or buckle. Be sure that thewebbing or buckle does not get caught orpinched in the rear seat.

B160D01A-AAT

When to Replace Seat Belts

Entire in-use seat belt assembly or assembliesshould be replaced if the vehicle has beeninvolved in an accident. This should be doneeven if no damage is visible. Additional ques-tions concerning seat belt operation should bedirected to your Hyundai Dealer.

B160C01A-AAT

Keep Belts Clean and Dry

Seat belts should be kept clean and dry. If beltsbecome dirty, they can be cleaned by using amild soap solution and warm water. Bleach,dye, strong detergents or abrasives should notbe used because they may damage and weakenthe fabric.

B170A04A-AAT

HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE FRONT SEATSHOULDER BELT (If Installed)

B170A01A

You can adjust the height of the shoulder beltanchor to one of the 4 positions for maximumcomfort and safety.If the height of the adjusting seat belt is too nearyour neck, you will not be getting the mosteffective protection. The shoulder portion shouldbe adjusted so that it lies across your chest andmidway over your shoulder nearest the doorand not your neck.To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor,lower or raise the height adjuster into an appro-priate position. To raise the height adjuster, theheight adjuster button needs to be pressed tomove it up or down, pull it up. To lower it, push

Page 31: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

19

To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab into thebuckle. There will be an audible "click" whenthe tab locks into the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts to theproper length only after the lap belt is adjustedmanually so that it fits snugly around your hips.If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, thebelt will extend and let you move around. Ifthere is a sudden stop or impact, however, thebelt will lock into position. It will also lock if youtry to lean forward too quickly.

B190A01A-AAT

SEAT BELTS-Front Passenger andOutboard Rear Seat 3-Point Systemwith Combination Locking Retractor :To Fasten Your BeltCombination retractor type seat belts are in-stalled in the rear seat outboard positions tohelp accommodate the installation of child re-straint systems. Hyundai strongly recommendsthat children always be seated in the rear seat.NEVER place any infant restraint system inthe front seat of the vehicle.This type of seat belt combines the featuresof both an emergency locking retractor seatbelt and an automatic locking retractor seatbelt. To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab into thebuckle. There will be an audible "click" whenthe tab locks into the buckle. When not secur-ing a child restraint, the seat belt operates inthe same way as the driver's seat belt (Emer-gency Locking Retractor Type). It automati-

!

B180A01A-AAT

SEAT BELT-Driver's 3-Point Systemwith Emergency Locking RetractorTo Fasten Your Belt

WARNING:o The height adjuster must be in the

locked position when the vehicle ismoving.

o The misadjustment of height of the shoul-der belt could reduce the effectiveness ofthe seat belt in a crash.

B180A01L

it down while pressing the height adjusterbutton.Release the button to lock the anchor intoposition. Try sliding the height adjuster tomake sure that it has locked into the position.

NOTE:If the driver's seat belt is not fastened whenthe ignition key is in the "ON" position, theseat belt warning light will flash and the warn-ing chime will sound for approximately sixseconds.

Page 32: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

20

!cally adjusts to the proper length only after thelap belt portion of the seat belt is adjustedmanually so that it fits snugly around your hips.When the seat belt is fully extended from theretractor to allow the installation of a childrestraint system, the seat belt operationchanges to allow the belt to retract, but not toextend (Automatic Locking Retractor Type).See page 1-27.

NOTE:Although the combination retractor providesthe same level of protection for seated pas-sengers in either emergency or automaticlocking modes, it is recommended that seatedpassengers use the emergency locking fea-ture for improved convenience. The auto-matic locking function is intended to facilitatechild restraint installation. To convert fromthe automatic locking feature to the emer-gency locking operation mode, allow the un-buckled seat belt to fully retract.

WARNING:o For maximum restraint system protec-

tion, seat belts must always be usedwhenever the car is moving.

o Seat belts are most effective whenseatbacks are in the upright position.

o Children must always be seatbelted inthe rear seats. Never allow children toride in the front passenger seat.

o The shoulder belt should be positionedmidway over the shoulder nearest thedoor for the most effective protection.Never wear the seat belt under the armnearest the door. Wearing the belt underthe arm nearest the door could causeserious or fatal injuries in an accident.

o Avoid wearing twisted seat belts. A twist-ed belt can't do its job as well. In a colli-sion, it could even cut into you. Be surethe belt webbing is straight and nottwisted.

o Be careful not to damage the belt web-bing or hardware. If the belt webbing orhardware is damaged, replace it.

!

B200A01A-AAT

Adjusting Your Seat Belt

WARNING:You should place the lap belt portion as low aspossible and snugly across your hips, not onyour waist. If the lap belt is located too high onyour waist, it may increase the chance ofinjury in the event of a collision. Both armsshould not be under or over the belt. Rather,one should be over and the other under, asshown in the illustration.Never wear the seat belt under the arm near-est the door.

B200A01L

Page 33: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

21

B220B01A-AAT

Adjusting Your Seat Belt

With a 2-point static type seat belt, the lengthmust be adjusted manually so it fits snuglyaround your body. Fasten the belt and pull onthe loose end to tighten. The belt should beplaced as low as possible on your hips, not onyour waist. If the belt is too high, it could in-crease the possibility of your being injured in anaccident.

HTB226

CorrectShorten

Toohigh

B220A01A-AAT

SEAT BELTS (2-Point Static Type)(Rear Seat Center)To Fasten Your Seat Belt

To fasten a 2-point static type belt, insert themetal tab into the locking buckle. There will bean audible "click" when the tab locks into thebuckle. Check to make sure the belt is properlylocked and that the belt is not twisted.

B210A01A-AAT

To Release the Seat Belt

The seat belt is released by pressing the re-lease button in the locking buckle. When it isreleased, the belt should automatically drawback into the retractor.If this does not happen, check the belt to be sureit is not twisted, then try again.

HTB225

B210A01L

Page 34: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

22 CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM

!

B220C01A-AAT

To Release the Seat Belt

When you want to release the seat belt, pressthe button in the locking buckle.

B220C01A-1

WARNING:The center lap belt latching mechanism isdifferent from those for the rear seat shoulderbelts. When fastening the rear seat shoulderbelts or the center lap belt, make sure they areinserted into the correct buckle to obtainmaximum protection from the seat belt sys-tem and assure proper operation.

B230A02A-AAT

Children riding in the car should sit in the rearseat and must always be properly restrained tominimize the risk of injury in an accident, sud-den stop or sudden maneuver. According toaccident statistics provided by the National High-way Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA),children are safer when properly restrained inthe rear seats than in the front seat. Largerchildren not in a child restraint should use oneof the seat belts provided.All 50 states have child restraint laws. Youshould be aware of the specific requirements inyour state. Child and/or infant safety seats mustbe properly placed and installed in the rear seat.You must use a commercially available childrestraint system that meets the requirements ofthe Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards(FMVSS).Children could be injured or killed in a crash iftheir restraints are not properly secured. Forsmall children and babies, a child seat or infantseat must be used. Before buying a particularchild restraint system, make sure it fits your carseat and seat belts, and fits your child. Follow allthe instructions provided by the manufacturerwhen installing the child restraint system.

WARNING:o A child restraint system must be placed

in the rear seat. Never install a child orinfant seat on the front passenger's seat.Should an accident occur and cause thepassenger side airbag to deploy, it couldseverely injure or kill an infant or childseated in an infant or child seat. Thus,only use a child restraint in the rear seatof your vehicle.

o Since a safety belt or child restraint sys-tem can become very hot if it is left in aclosed vehicle, be sure to check the seatcover and buckles before placing a childthere.

o When the child restraint system is not inuse, store it in the trunk or fasten it witha safety belt so that it will not be thrownforward in the case of a sudden stop oran accident.

o Children who are too large to be in a childrestraint should still sit in the rear seatand be restrained with the available lap/shoulder belts. Never allow children toride in the front passenger seat.

!

Page 35: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

23

B230B01E-AAT

Using a Child Restraint System withthe "Tether Anchorage" System

For small children and babies, the use of achild seat or infant seat is required. This childseat or infant seat should be of appropriatesize for the child and should be installed inaccordance with the manufacturer's instruc-tions. It is further required that the seat beplaced in the vehicle's rear seat since this canmake an important contribution to safety. Yourvehicle is provided with three child restrainthook holders for installing the child seat orinfant seat.

!WARNING:o Always make sure that the shoulder

belt portion of the outboard lap/shoul-der belt is positioned midway over theshoulder, never across the neck or be-hind the back. Moving the child closerto the center of the vehicle may helpprovide a good shoulder belt fit. Thelap belt portion of the lap/shoulder beltor the center seat lap belt must alwaysbe positioned as low as possible on thechild's hips and as snug as possible.

o If the seat belt will not properly fit thechild, Hyundai recommends the use ofan approved booster seat in the rearseat in order to raise the child's seatingheight so that the seat belt will properlyfit the child. Before purchasing abooster seat, make sure that it meetsapplicable Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards (FMVSS) and that it is satis-factory for use with this vehicle.

o Never allow a child to stand up or kneelon the seat.

o Never use an infant carrier or child safetyseat that "hooks" over a seatback; it maynot provide adequate security in an acci-dent.

WARNING:o Never allow a child to be held in a

person's arms while they are in a mov-ing vehicle, as this could result in seri-ous injury to the child in the event of anaccident or a sudden stop. Holding achild in a moving vehicle does not pro-vide the child with any means of protec-tion during an accident, even if the per-son holding the child is wearing a seatbelt.

!B230C04A-AAT

Installing a Child Restraint Seat withthe "Tether Anchorage" System(4 Door)

Three child restraint hook holders are locatedon the rear seat package tray.

To install the child restraint seat

B230C01A

1. Open the tether anchor cover on the rearseat package tray.

Tether AnchorCover

Child RestraintHook Holder

Page 36: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

24

B230E04A-AAT

Installing a Child Restraint Seat with the"Tether Anchorage" System (3 Door)

Three child restraint hook holders are locatedon the vertical back panel. (behind rear bumperbar)

To install the child restraint seat

1. Route the child restraint seat strap over theseatback.For vehicles with adjustable headrests,route the tether strap under the headrestand between the headrest posts, otherwiseroute the tether strap over the top of theseatback.

2. Route the child restraint seat strap over theseatback.

B230C02A-1Front of Vehicle

Tether StrapHook

Child RestraintHook Holders

Rear seat package tray

!

For vehicles with adjustable headrests,route the tether strap under the headrestand between the headrest posts, otherwiseroute the tether strap over the top of theseatback.

3. Connect the tether strap hook to the childrestraint hook holder and tighten to securethe seat.

WARNING:Do not mount more than one child restraintto a single tether or to a child restraint loweranchorage point. The improper increasedload may cause the anchorage points ortether anchor to break, causing seriousinjury or death.

Page 37: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

25

!

Tether Strap Hook

B230E03A-1Front of Vehicle

Back Panel

Covering Shelf

3. Connect the tether strap hook to the childrestraint hook holder through the hole onthe covering shelf and tighten to secure theseat.

WARNING:Do not mount more than one child restraintto a single tether or to a child restraint loweranchorage point. The improper increasedload may cause the anchorage points ortether anchor to break, causing seriousinjury or death.

2. Remove the blanking covers on the cover-ing shelf.

B230D04E-AAT

Securing the Child Restraint Seat withthe "ISOFIX" System

Some child seat manufacturers make safetyseats that are labeled as ISOFIX or ISOFIX-compatible child seats. These seats include tworigid or webbing mounted attachments that con-nect to two ISOFIX anchors at specific seatingpositions in your vehicle. This type of child seateliminates the need to use seat belts to attachthe child seat for forward-facing child seats.ISOFIX anchors have been provided in yourvehicle. The ISOFIX anchors are located in theleft and right outboard rear seating positions.Their locations are shown in the illustration.There is no ISOFIX anchor provided for thecenter rear seating position.

B230D01A

Page 38: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

26

!WARNING:o Do not install a child restraint seat at

the center of the rear seat using thevehicle's ISOFIX anchors. The ISOFIXanchors are only provided for the leftand right outboard rear seating posi-tions. Do not misuse the ISOFIX an-chors by attempting to attach a childrestraint seat improperly in the middleof the reat seat position to the ISOFIXanchors. In a crash, the child seat ISOFIXattachments may not be strong enoughto secure the child restraint seat prop-erly in the center of the rear seat andmay break, causing serious injury ordeath.

o When using the vehicle’s “ISOFIX” sys-tem to install a child restraint system inthe rear seat, all unused vehicle rearseat belt metal latch plates or tabs mustbe latched securely in their seat beltbuckles and the seat belt webbing mustbe retracted behind the child restraintto prevent the child from reaching andtaking hold of unretracted seat belts. Unlatched metal latch plates or tabsmay allow the child to reach theunretracted seat belts which may resultin strangulation and a serious injury ordeath to the child in the child restraint.

!

The ISOFIX anchors are located between theseatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat

B230D02A-1

ISOFIXAnchor

ISOFIX AnchorPosition Indicator

B230D03A-1

WARNING:o Do not mount more than one child

restraint to a single tether or to a childrestraint lower anchorage point. Theimproper increased load may cause theanchorage points or tether anchor tobreak, causing serious injury or death.

o Attach the ISOFIX or ISOFIX-compat-ible child seat only to the appropriatelocations shown.

o Always follow the installation and useinstructions provided by the manufac-turer of the child restraint.

Page 39: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

27

To install a child restraint system in the out-board rear seats, extend the shoulder/lap beltentirely from its retractor until a "click" is felt.This will engage the seat belt retractor auto-matic locking feature, which allows the seatbelt to retract but not extend. Install the childrestraint system, buckle the seat belt andallow the seat belt to take up any slack. Makesure that the lap portion of the belt is tightaround the child restraint system and theshoulder portion of the belt is positioned so thatit cannot interfere with the child's head or neck.Also, double check to be sure that the retrac-tor has engaged the automatic locking featureby trying to extend webbing out of the retrac-tor. If the retractor is in the automatic locking

B230G01A-AAT

Installation on Outboard Rear SeatsOn outboard rear seats

B230G01A

B230F01A-AAT

Installation on Rear Seat CenterPosition

Use the center seat belt for the rear seat tosecure the child restraint system as illustrated.After installation of the child restraint system,rock the child seat back and forth, and side toside to ensure that it is properly secured by theseat belt.If the child seat moves, readjust the length of theseat belt. Then, if equipped, insert the childrestraint tether strap hook into the child restrainthook holder and tighten to secure the seat.Always refer to the child restraint systemmanufacturer's recommendation before install-ing the child restraint system in your vehicle.

B230F01A

On center rear seat

left and right outboard seating positions.Follow the child seat manufacturer's instruc-tions to properly install safety seats with ISOFIXor ISOFIX-compatible attachments.

Once you have installed the ISOFIX child re-straint seat, assure that the seat is properlyattached to the ISOFIX and tether anchors.Also, test the safety seat before you place thechild in it. Tilt the seat from side to side. Alsotry to tug the seat forward. Check to see if theanchors hold the seat in place.

WARNING:If the child restraint seat is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child being seriouslyinjured or killed in a collision greatly increases.

!

Page 40: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

28

!

!

The seat belt pre-tensioner system consistsmainly of the following components. Their lo-cations are shown in the illustration.

1. SRS airbag warning light2. Seat belt pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module

B180C02A-AAT

Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt

Your Hyundai vehicle is equipped with driver'sand front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts.The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to makesure that the seat belts fit tightly against theoccupant's body in certain frontal collisions. Thepre-tensioner seat belts can be activated aloneor, where the frontal collision is severe enough,together with the airbags.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if theoccupant tries to lean forward too quickly, theseat belt retractor will lock into position. Incertain frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner willactivate and pull the seat belt into tightercontact against the occupant's body.

Passenger'sairbag

HXG229

B180D01A

Driver's airbag1

23

WARNING:To obtain maximum benefit from a pre-tensioner seat belt:

1. The seat belt must be worn correctly.2. The seat belt must be adjusted to the

correct position.

mode, the belt will be locked. After installationof the child restraint system, try to move it inall directions to be sure the child restraintsystem is securely installed. If you need totighten the belt, pull more webbing toward theretractor. When you unbuckle the seat beltand allow it to retract, the retractor will auto-matically revert back to its normal seatedpassenger emergency locking usage condition.

NOTE:o Before installing the child restraint sys-

tem, read the instructions supplied by thechild restraint system manufacturer.

o If the seat belt does not operate as de-scribed, have the system checked imme-diately by your authorized Hyundai dealer.

WARNING:o If the retractor is not in the Automatic

Locking mode, the child restraint systemcan move when your vehicle turns orstops abruptly.

o Do not install any child restraint systemin the front passenger seat. Should anaccident occur and cause the passengerside airbag to deploy, it could severelyinjure or kill an infant or child seated in aninfant or child seat. Therefore, only use achild restraint system in the rear seat ofyour vehicle.

Page 41: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

29

! WARNING:o Pre-tensioners are designed to operate

only one time. After activation, pre-tensioner seat belts must be replaced. Allseat belts, of any type, should always bereplaced after they have been worn dur-ing a collision.

o The pre-tensioner seat belt assemblymechanisms become hot during activa-tion. Do not touch the pre-tensioner seatbelt assemblies for several minutes afterthey have been activated.

o Do not attempt to inspect or replace thepre-tensioner seat belts yourself. Thismust be done by an authorized Hyundaidealer.

o Do not strike the pre-tensioner seat beltassemblies.

o Do not attempt to service or repair thepre-tensioner seat belt system in anymanner.

o Improper handling of the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies, and failure to heedthe warnings to not strike, modify, in-spect, replace, service or repair the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies may leadto improper operation or inadvertent acti-vation and serious injury.

o Always wear the seat belts when drivingor riding in a motor vehicle.

CAUTION:o Because the sensor that activates the

SRS airbag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS airbag warn-ing light on the instrument panel willblink for approximately 6 seconds afterthe ignition key has been turned to the"ON" position, and then it should turnoff.

o If the pre-tensioner seat belt is notworking properly, this warning lightwill illuminate even if there is no mal-function of the SRS airbag system.If the SRS airbag warning light does notilluminate when the ignition key is turnedto "ON", or if it remains illuminated afterblinking for approximately 6 seconds, orif it illuminates while the vehicle is beingdriven, please have an authorized Hyundaidealer inspect the pre-tensioner seatbelts and SRS airbag system as soon aspossible.

!NOTE:o Both the driver's and front passenger's

pre-tensioner seat belts will be activatedin certain frontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seat belts can be activatedalone or, where the frontal collision issevere enough, together with theairbags.The pre-tensioners will not be acti-vated if the seat belts are not beingworn at the time of the collision.

o When the pre-tensioner seat belts areactivated, a loud noise may be heard andfine dust, which may appear to be smoke,may be visible in the passenger compart-ment. These are normal operating condi-tions and are not hazardous.

o Although it is harmless, the fine dust maycause skin irritation and should not bebreathed for prolonged periods. Washyour hands and face thoroughly after anaccident in which the pre-tensioner seatbelts were activated.

Page 42: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

30 DUAL-STAGE SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT (AIRBAG) SYSTEM (SRS)

B240A01A-AAT

Your Hyundai is equipped with a Dual-stageSupplemental Restraint (Airbag) System. Theindications of the system's presence are theletters "SRS AIRBAG" embossed on the airbagpad cover in the steering wheel and thepassenger's side front panel pad above theglove box.

The Hyundai SRS consists of airbags installedunder the pad covers in the center of the steer-ing wheel and the passenger's side front panelabove the glove box. The purpose of the SRS isto provide the vehicle's driver and/or the frontpassenger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat-belt system alone, in case ofa frontal impact of sufficient severity.

B240A03A

Driver's AirbagThe dual-stage SRS uses a collection of sen-sors to gather information about the driver'sand front passenger's seat position, thedriver's and front passenger's seat belt usageand impact severity.The driver's and front passenger's seat posi-tion sensors determine if the seats are fore oraft of a reference position. Similarly, the seatbelt usage sensors determine if the driver andfront passenger's seat belts are fastened.These sensors provide the ability to controlthe SRS deployment's pressure based on howclose the driver's seat is to the steering wheel,how close the passenger's seat is to theinstrument panel and whether or not the seatbelts are fastened.

The dual-stage airbags offer the ability to controlthe airbag inflation with two pressure levels. Alower pressure level is provided for moderate-severity impacts. A higher-pressure level is pro-vided for more severe impacts.

NOTE:o Be sure to read information about the

SRS on the labels provided on the back-side of the sun visor and in the glove box.

o Dual-stage inflating airbags are com-bined with pre-tensioner seat belts tohelp provided enhanced occupant pro-tection in frontal crashes. Front airbags

WARNING:o As its name implies, the SRS is de-

signed to work with, and be supple-mental to, the driver's and thepassenger's three point seat belt sys-tems and is not a substitute for them.Therefore, your seat belts must be wornat all times while the vehicle is in mo-tion. The airbags deploy only in certainfrontal impact conditions severeenough to cause significant injury tothe vehicle occupants.

o The SRS is designed to deploy theairbags only when an impact is suffi-ciently severe and when the impactangle is less than 30° from the forwardlongitudinal axis of the vehicle and willnot deploy in side, rear or rollover im-pacts. Additionally, the airbags will onlydeploy once. Thus, seat belts must beworn at all times.

!

are not intended to deploy in lightcollisions in which protection can beprovided by the pre-tensioner seat belt.

o If you are considering modification ofyour vehicle due to a disability, pleasecontact the Hyundai Customer Assis-tance Center at 1-800-633-5151.

Page 43: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

31

WARNING:o No objects should be placed over or

near the airbag modules on the steer-ing wheel, instrument panel, and thefront passenger's panel above the glovebox, because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in a crashsevere enough to cause the airbags todeploy.

o If the airbags deploy, they must bereplaced by an authorized Hyundaidealer.

o Do not tamper with or disconnect SRSwiring, or other components of the SRSsystem. Doing so could result in injury,due to accidental firing of the airbagsor by rendering the SRS inoperative.

o Do not install a child restraint system inthe front passenger seat position. Achild restraint system must never beplaced in the front seat. The infant orchild could be severely injured or killedby an airbag deployment in case of anaccident.

o Do not allow children to ride in the frontpassenger seat. If older children (teen-agers and older) must ride in the frontseat, make sure they are always prop-erly belted and that the seat is movedback as far as possible.

WARNING:o For maximum safety protection in all

types of crashes, all occupants includ-ing the driver should always wear theirseat belts whether or not an airbag isalso provided at their seating positionto minimize the risk of severe injury ordeath in the event of a crash. Do not sitor lean unnecessarily close to the airbagwhile the vehicle is in motion.

o Sitting improperly or out of positioncan result in serious or fatal injury in acrash. All occupants should sit uprightin their seats with their feet on the flooruntil the vehicle is parked and the igni-tion key is removed.

o The SRS airbag system must deployvery rapidly to provide protection in acrash. If an occupant is out of positionbecause of not wearing a seat belt, theairbag may forcefully contact the occu-pant causing serious or fatal injuries.

! !

o Front airbags are not intended to de-ploy in side-impact, rear-impact orrollover crashes. In addition, airbagswill not deploy in frontal crashes belowthe deployment threshold speed.

o The driver should sit back as far aspossible while still maintaining controlof the vehicle. If you are sitting tooclose to the airbag, it can cause deathor serious injury when it inflates.

B240A04A

Rear impact

Side Impact

Rollover

WARNING:!

Page 44: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

32

The SRSCM continually monitors all elementswhile the ignition is "ON" to determine if a frontalor near-frontal impact is severe enough to re-quire airbag deployment.

The SRS service reminder indicator (SRI) onthe instrument panel will blink for about 6seconds after the ignition key is turned to the"ON" position or after the engine is started,after which the SRI should go out.The airbag modules are located both in thecenter of the steering wheel and in the frontpassenger's panel above the glove box. Whenthe SRSCM detects a considerable impact tothe front of the vehicle, it will automaticallydeploy the airbags.

A fully inflated airbag in combination with aproperly worn seat belt slows the driver's orthe passenger's forward motion, thus reduc-ing the risk of head and chest injury.

After complete inflation, the airbag immediatelystarts deflating, enabling the driver to maintainforward visibility.

B240B02L

B240B03A-AAT

SRS Components and Functions

The SRS consists of the following compo-nents:

- Driver's Airbag Module- Passenger's Airbag Module- Knee Bolster- Pre-tensioner seat belt- Front impact sensors- Driver's and front passenger's seat belt usage

sensors- Driver's and front passenger's seat position

sensors- SRS Service Reminder Indicator (SRI)- SRS Control Module (SRSCM)

B240B01L

Upon deployment, tear seams molded directlyinto the pad covers will separate under pres-sure from the expansion of the airbags. Fur-ther opening of the covers then allows fullinflation of the airbags.

B240B03L

Page 45: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

33

!

! WARNING:o When the SRS is activated, there may

be a loud noise and fine dust will bereleased throughout the vehicle. Theseconditions are normal and are not haz-ardous. However, the fine dust gener-ated during airbag deployment maycause skin irritation. Wash your handsand face thoroughly with lukewarm wa-ter and a mild soap after an accident inwhich the airbags were deployed.

Passenger's Airbag

B240B05L

WARNING:o The SRS can function only when the

ignition key is in the "ON" position. Ifthe SRS SRI does not illuminate, orcontinuously remains on, after flashingfor about 6 seconds when the ignitionkey is turned to the "ON" position, orafter the engine is started, comes onwhile driving, the SRS is not workingproperly. If this occurs, have your vehi-cle immediately inspected by yourHyundai dealer.

o Before you replace a fuse or disconnecta battery terminal, turn the ignition keyto the "LOCK" position or remove theignition key. Never remove or replacethe air bag related fuse(s) when theignition key is in the "ON" position.Failure to heed this warning will causethe SRS SRI to illuminate.

CAUTION:When installing a container of liquid airfreshener inside the vehicle, do not place itnear the instrument cluster nor on the in-strument panel surface. If there is any leak-age from the air freshener onto these areas(instrument cluster, instrument panel or airventilator), it may damage these parts. If theliquid from the air freshener does leak ontothese areas, wash them with water immedi-ately.

!

B240B01A

Passenger's Airbag

Page 46: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

34

!

!

WARNING:o For best protection from the side im-

pact airbag system and to avoid beinginjured by the deploying side impactairbag, both front seat occupantsshould sit in an upright position withthe seat belt properly fastened. Thedriver's hands should be placed on thesteering wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00o'clock positions.The passenger's arms and hands shouldbe placed on their laps.

o Do not use any accessory seat covers.o Use of seat covers could reduce or pre-

vent the effectiveness of the system.o Do not install any accessories on the side

or near the side impact airbag.o Do not use excessive force on the side of

the seat.o Do not place any objects over the airbag

or between the airbag and yourself.o Do not place any objects (an umbrella,

bag, etc.) between the front door and thefront seat. Such objects may become dan-gerous projectiles and cause injury if thesupplemental side impact airbag inflates.

B990B01A-1

Side airbagsensor

WARNING:o The side impact airbag is supplemental to

the driver's and the passenger's threepoint seat belt systems and is not a sub-stitute for them. Therefore your seat beltsmust be worn at all times while the ve-hicle is in motion. The airbags deployonly in certain side impact conditionssevere enough to cause significant injuryto the vehicle occupants.

B990B04Y-GAT

Side Impact Airbag (If Installed)

Your Hyundai is equipped with a side impactairbag in each front seat. The purpose of theairbag is to provide the vehicle's driver and/orthe front passenger with additional protectionthan that offered by the seat belt alone. The sideimpact airbags are designed to deploy onlyduring certain side impact collisions, dependingon the crash severity, angle, speed and point ofimpact. The side impact airbags are not de-signed to deploy in all side impact situations.

B990B02Y

Page 47: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

35

!

! WARNING:o Do not install a child restraint system in

the front passenger seat position.A child restraint system must never beplaced in the front seat. The infant orbaby could be severely injured by anairbag deployment in case of an acci-dent.

o Modification to SRS components orwir-ing, including the addition of anykind of badges to the pad covers ormodifications to the body structure,can adversely affect SRS performanceand lead to possible injury.

B240C03A-AAT

SRS Care

o The SRS is virtually maintenance free and thereare no parts you can safely service by yourself.The entire SRS system must be inspected byan authorized Hyundai dealer in 10 years afterthe date that the vehicle was manufactured.

o Any work on the SRS system, such as remov-ing, installing, repairing, or any work on thesteering wheel must be performed by a qualifiedHyundai technician. Improper handling of theairbag system may result in serious personalinjury.

B240C01HP

o To prevent unexpected deployment ofthe side impact air bag that may resultin personal injury, avoid impact to theside impact airbag sensor when theignition key is on.

WARNING:

o For cleaning the airbag pad covers, useonly a soft, dry cloth or one which hasbeen moistened with plain water. Sol-vents or cleaners could adversely affectthe airbag covers and proper deploymentof the system.

o No objects should be placed over ornear the airbag modules on the steer-ing wheel, instrument panel, and thefront passenger's panel above the glovebox, because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in a crashsevere enough to cause the airbags toinflate.

o If the airbags inflate, they must bereplaced by an authorized Hyundaidealer.

o Do not tamper with or disconnect SRSwiring, or other components of the SRSsystem. Doing so could result in injury,due to accidental inflation of the airbagsor by rendering the SRS inoperative.

o If components of the airbag systemmust be discarded, or if the vehiclemust be scrapped, certain safety pre-cautions must be observed. YourHyundai dealer knows these precau-tions and can give you the necessaryinformation. Failure to follow theseprecautions and procedures could in-crease the risk of personal injury.

Page 48: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

36

!

!

o Each seat belt is designed to restrainone occupant. If more than one personuses the same seat belt, they could beseriously injured or killed in a collision.

o Do not use any accessories on seatbelts. Devices claiming to improve occu-pant comfort or reposition the seat belt canreduce the protection provided by the seatbelt and increase the chance of seriousinjury in a crash.

o Passengers should not place hard orsharp objects between themselves andthe airbags. Carrying hard or sharp ob-jects on your lap or in your mouth can resultin injuries if an airbag inflates.

o Keep occupants away from the airbagcovers. All occupants should sit upright,fully back in their seats with their seat beltson and their feet on the floor. If occupantsare too close to the airbag covers, theycould be injured if the airbags inflate.

o Do not attach or place objects on ornear the airbag covers. Any object at-tached to or placed on the front or sideimpact airbag covers could interfere withthe proper operation of the airbags.

o Do not modify the front seats. Modifica-tion of the front seats could interfere withthe operation of the supplemental restraintsystem sensing components or side im-pact airbags.

B240D01JM-AAT

Additional Safety Precautions

o Never let passengers ride in the cargoarea (trunk) or on top of a folded-downback seat. All occupants should sit upright,fully back in their seats with their seat beltson and their feet on the floor.

o Passengers should not move out of orchange seats while the vehicle is mov-ing. A passenger who is not wearing a seatbelt during a crash or emergency stop canbe thrown against the inside of the vehicle,against other occupants, or out of thevehicle.

o If you sell your vehicle, be sure toinform the new owner of these impor-tant points and make certain that thismanual is transferred to the new owner.

o If your car was flooded and has soakedcarpeting or water on the floor, youshouldn't try to start the engine; havethe car towed to an authorized Hyundaidealer.

o Do not place items under the frontseats. Placing items under the front seatscould interfere with the operation of thesupplemental restraint system sensingcomponents and wiring harnesses.

o Never hold an infant or child on yourlap. The infant or child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in the event of a crash. Allinfants and children should be properlyrestrained in appropriate child safety seatsor seat belts in the rear seat.

WARNING:o Sitting improperly or out of position

can result in serious injury or death ina crash.

o Always sit upright, fully back in theseat, with your seat belt on, and yourfeet on the floor.

Adding Equipment to or Modifying YourAirbag-Equipped Vehicle.

If you modify your vehicle by changing yourvehicle's frame, bumper system, front end orside sheet metal or ride height, this may affectthe operation of your vehicle's airbag system.

WARNING:

Page 49: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

37INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

B260A02A-A

B260A03A-AAT

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

2

19

Page 50: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

38

11. Door Ajar Warning Light12. Parking Brake/Low Brake fluid Level Warning Light13. Charging System Warning Light14. Seat Belt Warning Light15. Low Oil Pressure Warning Light16. Trip Odometer Reset Switch /

Trip Computer Reset Switch (If Installed)17. Low Fuel Warning Light18. Trunk Lid/Tail Gate Open Warning Light19. Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

1. Tachometer (If Installed) 2. Turn Signal Indicator Light 3. Speedometer 4. Odometer / Trip Odometer / Trip Computer (If Installed) 5. Fuel Gauge 6. Temperature Gauge 7. SRS Service Reminder Indicator 8. ABS Service Reminder Indicator (If Installed) 9. Overdrive Off Indicator Light (If Installed)10. High Beam Indicator Light

Page 51: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

39WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

!

B260B01A-AAT

SRS (AIRBAG) SERVICE RE-MINDER INDICATOR (SRI)

The SRS service reminder indicator (SRI) comeson and flashes for about 6 seconds after theignition key is turned to the "ON" position orafter the engine is started, after which it will goout.

This light also comes on when the SRS is notworking properly. If the SRI does not come on,or continuously remains on after flashing forabout 6 seconds when you turned the ignitionkey to the "ON" position or started the engine,or if it comes on while driving, have the SRSinspected by an authorized Hyundai Dealer.

B260P02Y-GAT

ABS SERVICE REMINDER IN-DICATOR (SRI) (If Installed)

When the key is turned to the "ON" position, theAnti-Lock Brake System SRI will come on andthen go off in a few seconds. If the ABS SRIremains on, comes on while driving, or does notcome on when the key is turned to the "ON"position, this indicates that there may be aproblem with the ABS.If this occurs, have your vehicle checked byyour Hyundai dealer as soon as possible. Thenormal braking system will still be operational,but without the assistance of the anti-lock brakesystem.

WARNING:If both ABS SRI and Parking Brake/Brake fluidlevel warning lights remain "ON" or come onwhile driving, there may be a problem withE.B.D. (Electronic Brake Force Distribution).If this occurs, avoid sudden stops and haveyour vehicle checked by your Hyundai dealeras soon as possible.

B260F01A-AAT

HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LIGHT

The high beam indicator light comes on when-ever the headlights are switched to the highbeam or flash position.

B260C01A-AAT

O/D OFF INDICATOR(Automatic Transaxle only)

When the overdrive switch is turned on, theoverdrive off indicator will go out. This amberindicator will be illuminated when the overdriveswitch is turned off (Auto T/A only).

B260D01A-AAT

TURN SIGNAL INDICATORLIGHTS

The blinking green arrow on the instrumentpanel shows the direction indicated by the turnsignals. If the arrow comes on but does notblink, blinks more rapidly than normal, or doesnot blink at all, a malfunction in the turn signalsystem is indicated. Your dealer should be con-sulted for repairs.

Page 52: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

40

B260G01A-AAT

LOW OIL PRESSURE WARNINGLIGHT

CAUTION:If the oil pressure warning light stays on whilethe engine is running, serious engine damagemay result. The oil pressure warning lightcomes on whenever there is insufficient oilpressure. In normal operation, it should comeon when the ignition switch is turned on, thengo out when the engine is started. If the oilpressure warning light stays on while theengine is running, there is a serious malfunc-tion.If this happens, stop the car as soon as it issafe to do so, turn off the engine and check theoil level. If the oil level is low, fill the engine oilto the proper level and start the engine again.If the light stays on with the engine running,turn the engine off immediately. In any in-stance where the oil light stays on when theengine is running, the engine should bechecked by a Hyundai dealer before the car isdriven again.

!

B260H03A-AAT

PARKING BRAKE/LOW BRAKE FLUID LEVELWARNING LIGHT

CAUTION:If you suspect brake trouble, have your brakeschecked by a Hyundai dealer as soon as pos-sible. Driving your car with a problem in eitherthe brake electrical system or brake hydraulicsystem is dangerous, and could result in se-rious injury or death.

Warning Light Operation

The parking brake/brake fluid level warning lightshould come on when the parking brake isapplied and the ignition switch is turned to "ON"or "START". After the engine is started, the lightshould go out when the parking brake is re-leased.If the parking brake is not applied, the warninglight should come on when the ignition switch isturned to "ON" or "START", then go out whenthe engine starts. If the light comes on at anyother time, you should slow the vehicle andbring it to a complete stop in a safe location offthe roadway.

!

The brake fluid level warning light indicatesthat the brake fluid level in the brake mastercylinder is low and brake fluid conforming toDOT 3 or DOT 4 specifications should beadded. After adding fluid, if no other trouble isfound, the car should be immediately andcarefully driven to a Hyundai dealer forinspection. If further trouble is experienced,the vehicle should not be driven at all but takento a dealer by a professional towing service.Your Hyundai is equipped with dual-diagonalbraking systems. This means you still havebraking on two wheels even if one of the dualsystems should fail. With only one of the dualsystems working, more than normal pedal traveland greater pedal pressure are required to stopthe car. Also, the car will not stop in as short adistance with only a portion of the brake systemworking. If the brakes fail while you are driving,shift to a lower gear for additional engine brakingand stop the car as soon as it is safe to do so.

Page 53: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

41

B260E02O-AAT

SEAT BELT REMINDER LIGHTAND CHIME

The seat belt reminder light blinks until your seatbelt is fastened when the ignition key is turnedfrom the "OFF" position to "ON" or "START",and the warning chime will sound for 6 sec-onds.

B260N01A-AAT

MALFUNCTION INDICATORLIGHT

This light illuminates when there is a malfunctionof an exhaust gas related component, and thesystem is not functioning properly so that theexhaust gas regulation values are not satisfied.This light will also illuminate when the ignitionkey is turned to the "ON" position, and will goout in a few seconds. If it illuminates whiledriving, or does not illuminate when the ignitionkey is turned to the "ON" position, take your carto your nearest authorized Hyundai dealer andhave the system checked.

B260K02A-AAT

TRUNK LID(4 DOOR)/TAIL GATE(3 DOOR) OPENWARNING LIGHT

This light remains on unless the trunk lid/tailgate is completely closed and latched.

B260J01A-AAT

CHARGING SYSTEM WARNINGLIGHT

The charging system warning light should comeon when the ignition is turned on, then go outwhen the engine is running. If the light stays onwhile the engine is running, there is a malfunc-tion in the electrical charging system. If the lightcomes on while you are driving, stop, turn off theengine and check under the hood. First, makecertain the generator drive belt is in place. If it is,check the tension of the belt. Do this as shownon page 6-19 by pushing down on the centerof the belt. And then have the system checkedby your Hyundai dealer.

B260M01A-AAT

LOW FUEL LEVEL WARNINGLIGHT

The low fuel level warning light comes on whenthe fuel tank is approaching empty. When itcomes on, you should add fuel as soon aspossible. Driving with the fuel level warning lighton or with the fuel level below "E" can cause theengine to misfire and damage the catalytic con-verter.

B260L02HP-GAT

DOOR AJAR WARNING LIGHTAND CHIME (If Installed)

The door ajar warning light warns you that adoor is not completely closed and the chimewarns you that the key is in the ignition switch.

NOTE :The warning chime only sounds wheneverthe key is in the ignition switch and the driver'sside front door is open simultaneously. Thechime sounds until the key is removed fromthe ignition switch or the driver's side frontdoor is closed.

Page 54: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

42 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

B270A01A-AAT

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNINGSOUND

The front disc brake pads have wear indicatorsthat should make a high-pitched squealing orscraping noise when new pads are needed. Thesound may come and go or be heard all the timewhen the vehicle is moving. It may also beheard when the brake pedal is pushed downfirmly. Expensive rotor damage will result if theworn pads are not replaced. See your Hyundaidealer immediately.

B900A01A-AAT

LIGHTS ON WARNING SOUND

The warning chime sounds when the tail lightsare on and the driver side door is open. Thisprevents the battery from discharging bywarning you when the car is left with the taillights on. The chime sounds until the tail lightsare turned off.

B280A01A-AAT

FUEL GAUGE

The needle on the gauge indicates the ap-proximate fuel level in the fuel tank. The fuelcapacity is given in Section 9.

HLC2052

!

B290A02A-AAT

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGE

WARNING:Never remove the radiator cap when the en-gine is hot. The engine coolant is under pres-sure and could erupt and cause severe burns.Wait until the engine is cool before removingthe radiator cap.

HLC2053

Page 55: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

43

B330A03A-AAT

TACHOMETER (If Installed)

The tachometer registers the speed of yourengine in revolutions per minute (rpm).

B300A01A-AAT

SPEEDOMETER

Your Hyundai's speedometer is calibrated inmiles per hour (on the outer scale) and kilome-ters per hour (on the inner scale).

B300A01A-EHLC2050-D Reset Switch

CAUTION:The engine should not be raced to such aspeed that the needle enters the red zone onthe tachometer face. This can cause severeengine damage and may void your war-ranty.

!

The needle on the engine coolant temperaturegauge should stay in the normal range. Thenormal range is approximately in the middlebetween "H" and "C". If it moves across thedial to "H" (Hot), pull over and stop as soon aspossible and turn off the engine. Then open thehood and, after the engine has cooled, checkthe coolant level and the water pump drive belt.If you suspect cooling system trouble, haveyour cooling system checked by a Hyundaidealer as soon as possible.

Page 56: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

44 TRIP COMPUTER

B400B01A-E

The trip computer is a microcomputer-con-trolled driver information gauge that displaysinformation related to driving, such as atripmeter, outside temperature, average fuelconsumption and distance to empty on theLCD.

B400B01A-AAT

(If Installed)B310B01A-AAT

ODOMETER/TRIP ODOMETER

1. Odometer

The odometer records the total distance trav-eled in miles. You will also find the odometeruseful to determine when periodic maintenanceshould be performed.

NOTE:Federal law forbids alteration of the odometerof any vehicle with the intent to change thenumber of the odometer. The alteration mayvoid your warranty coverage.

B310A01A 2. Trip Odometer

o The trip odometer records the total distancetraveled since the last trip odometer reset.

o To reset the trip odometer to zero, pressand hold the reset switch to the right of thespeedometer for more than 1 second whilethe trip odometer is being displayed.

o If your vehicle is equipped with a trip com-puter, refer to the explanation of the tripcomputer (See page 1-45, tripmeter)

B320A01A Odometer

Page 57: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

45

1. Tripmeter (miles)

TRIPMETER

OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE

AVERAGE FUEL CONSUMPTION

DISTANCE TO EMPTY

o This mode indicates the total distance trav-eled since the last tripmeter reset.

B320A01A

B400B02A-E

o To reset the tripmeter to zero, press andhold the reset switch to the right of thespeedometer for more than 1 second whilethe tripmeter is being displayed.

2. Outside Temperature (°F)

This mode indicates the outside tempera-ture between -40°F and 176°F.

Odometer

Tripmeter

Odometer

Outside Temperature

B300A01A-E

Reset Switch

o The reset switch is used to zero the multi-functional display mode.

o Pushing in the reset switch built in right sideof speedometer changes the display as fol-lows;

Reset Switch

Page 58: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

46

3. Average Fuel Consumption (MPG)

B400B03A-E

MPG = Total Cruise Distance(Miles)

Total Fuel Consumption (G)

o This mode calculates the average fuelconsumption from the total fuel used andthe distance since the last average con-sumption reset.

o The total fuel used is calculated from thefuel consumption input.

o The meter's working range is from 0.0 to99.9 miles/gallon(MPG).

o Calculation Method

Odometer

Average Fuel Consumption

HLC2057

Distance to empty symbol

Distance to empty

4. Distance to Empty (miles)

o This mode provides the estimated distanceto empty from the current fuel level in thefuel tank.

o The trip computer may not register addi-tional fuel if less than 1.59 gallons of fuel areadded to the vehicle.

o When the battery has been reinstalled afterbeing discharged or disconnected, drive morethan 20 miles for an accurate distance toempty.

Odometer

NOTE:o If the distance to empty is less than 30

miles, a blinking "----" symbol will bedisplayed.

o The distance to empty can differ from theactual tripmeter according to driving con-ditions.

o The distance to empty can vary accord-ing to the driving conditions, drivingpattern or vehicle speed.

Page 59: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

47COMBINATION TURN SIGNAL,HEADLIGHT AND LOW-BEAM SWITCH

To operate the headlights, turn the barrel onthe end of the multi-function switch. The firstposition turns on the parking lights, sidelights,tail lights and instrument panel lights. Thesecond position turns on the headlights.

NOTE:The ignition must be in the "ON" positionto turn on the headlights.

Parking Light Auto Off

If you do not turn the parking lights "OFF" afterdriving, the parking lights will automaticallyshut "OFF" when the driver's door is opened.To turn them "ON" again you must simply turnthe ignition key to the "ON" position.

B340C03A-AAT

Headlight Switch

HLC2069

B340B01A-AAT

Lane Change Signal

To indicate a lane change, move the lever up ordown to a point where it begins flashing.The lever will automatically return to the centerposition when released.

HLC2072

B340A01A-AAT

Turn Signal Operation

Pulling down on the lever causes the turn sig-nals on the left side of the car to blink. Pushingupward on the lever causes the turn signals onthe right side of the car to blink. As the turn iscompleted, the lever will automatically return tothe center position and turn off the turn signalsat the same time. If either turn signal indicatorlight blinks more rapidly than usual, goes on butdoes not blink, or does not go on at all, there isa malfunction in the system. Check for a burned-out fuse or bulb or see your Hyundai dealer.

Page 60: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

48 WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHERSWITCH

B340E01A-AAT

Headlight Flasher

To flash the headlights, pull the switch levertoward you, then release it. The headlights canbe flashed even though the headlight switch isin the "OFF" position.

B350A01A-AAT

The windshield wiper switch has three posi-tions:

1. Intermittent wiper operation2. Low-speed operation3. High-speed operation

NOTE:To prevent damage to the wiper system, donot attempt to wipe away heavy accumula-tions of snow or ice. Accumulated snow andice should be removed manually. If there isonly a light layer of snow or ice, operate theheater in the defrost mode to melt the snow orice before using the wiper.

B340D01A-AAT

High-Beam Switch

To turn on the headlight high beams, push thelever forward (away from you). The High BeamIndicator Light will come on at the same time.For low beams, pull the lever back toward you.

HLC2071

B350A01A-1

B350B01A-AAT

WINDSHIELD WASHER OPERATION

To use the windshield washer, pull the wiper/washer lever toward the steering wheel. Whenthe washer lever is operated, the wipers auto-matically make three passes across the wind-shield. The washer continues to operate untilthe lever is released.

NOTE:o Do not operate the washer more than 15

seconds at a time or when the fluid reser-voir is empty.

o In icy or freezing weather, be sure thewiper blades are not frozen to the glassprior to operating the wipers.

o In areas where water freezes in winter,use windshield washer antifreeze.

B350B01A-1

1

2

3

Page 61: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

49

B390A02A-AAT

REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER(If Installed)

B390A01A-1

The rear window wiper and washer are turnedon by depressing the button.Washer fluid is sprayed onto the glass as longas the " " is depressed.

1. When the " " position is depressed,the rear window wiper starts to operate con-tinuously.

2. When the " " position is depressed,the rear window wiper starts to operate threetimes after the washer fluid sprays onto therear window.

3. When the " " position is depressed,the interval between wipes operates everyfive seconds intermittently.

B350B02A-1

Mist Wiper Operation B350C01O-GAT

Adjustable Intermittent Wiper Opera-tion

To use the intermittent wiper feature, place thewiper switch in the "INT" position. With theswitch in this position, the interval betweenwipes can be varied from approximately 1 to 18seconds by turning the interval adjuster barrel.This is also varied automatically depending onyour road speed.

B350C01A-1If a single wipe is desired in mist, move thewindshield wiper and washer control lever up.

Page 62: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

50 HAZARD WARNING SYSTEMINSTRUMENT PANEL LIGHT CON-TROL (RHEOSTAT)

B370A01A-AAT

The hazard warning system should be usedwhenever you find it necessary to stop the carin a hazardous location. When you must makesuch an emergency stop, always pull off theroad as far as possible.The hazard warning lights are turned on bypushing in the hazard switch. This causes allturn signal lights to blink. The hazard warninglights will operate even though the key is not inthe ignition.To turn the hazard warning lights off, push theswitch a second time.

Do not operate the washer continuously formore than 15 seconds or when the fluid reser-voir is empty; this could damage the system.Do not operate the wiper when the window isdry; this can result in scratching as well aspremature wiper blade wear.For the reason stated above,do not operate thewasher when the washer fluid reservoir is empty.

B370B01A

B410A01A-AAT

The instrument panel lights can be madebrighter or dimmer by turning the instrumentpanel light control knob.

B410A01A-1

Page 63: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

51FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH

B360A04A-AAT

(If Installed)

To turn on the front fog lights, push the switch.They will light when the headlight switch is inthe second position and the key is in the "ON"position.

NOTE:If you turn on the headlight high beams, thefront fog lights will be turned off.

CAUTION:Do not clean the inner side of the rear windowglass with an abrasive type of glass cleaner oruse a scraper to remove foreign deposits fromthe inner surface of the glass as this maycause damage to the defroster elements.

NOTE:The ignition must be in the "ON" positionfor the rear window defroster to operate.

!

B360B01A

B380A01HP-AAT

REAR WINDOW DEFROSTERSWITCH (If Installed)

The rear window defroster and heated outsiderearview mirrors are turned on by pushing inthe switch. To turn the defroster off, push theswitch a second time. The rear windowdefroster automatically turns itself off afterabout 20 minutes. To restart the defrostercycle, push in the switch again after it hasturned itself off.

B370A01A

Page 64: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

52 ASHTRAYCIGARETTE LIGHTERDIGITAL CLOCK

B420A01A-AAT

For the cigarette lighter to work, the key mustbe in the "ACC" position or the "ON" position.To use the cigarette lighter, push it all the wayinto its socket. When the element has heated,the lighter will pop out to the "ready" position.Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressed in. Thiscan damage the heating element and create afire hazard.If it is necessary to replace the cigarette lighter,use only a genuine Hyundai replacement or itsapproved equivalent.

B430A01S-AAT

Front Ashtray

The front ashtray may be opened by pulling itout by its grip. To remove the ashtray to emptyor clean it, press down on the spring-loaded tabinside the ashtray. The ashtray light will onlyilluminate when the external lights are on.

HLC2104

HLC2107

B400A01A-AAT

(If Installed)

There are three control buttons for the digitalclock. Their functions are:

HOUR - Push "H" to advance the hour indicat-ed.MIN - Push "M" to advance the minute indicat-ed.RESET - Push "R" to reset minutes to ":00" tofacilitate resetting the clock to the correct time.When this is done:

Pressing "R" between 10 : 30 and 11 : 29changes the readout to 11 : 00. Pressing "R"between 11 : 30 and 12 : 29 changes thereadout to 12 : 00.

HLC2100

Page 65: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

53DRINK HOLDER

!

The front drink holder is located on the centerfacia panel for holding cups or cans in its holes.The drink holder can be used by pushing it.

B450A04A-AAT

Front Drink Holder

HLC2116

CAUTION:Place the drink holder in its closed positionwhen not in use.

WARNING:Do not place anything except drinks in thedrink holder. Such objects can be thrownout, possibly injuring persons in the ve-hicle during sudden braking or in the eventof an accident.

!B440A01E-AAT

Rear Ashtray (If Installed)

The rear ashtray may be opened by pulling itout by its top edge. To remove the ashtray toempty or clean it, press down on the spring-loaded tab inside the ashtray and lift the ash-tray upward and pull it all the way out.

HLC2108

Page 66: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

54 INTERIOR LIGHT

The interior courtesy light switch has threepositions. The three positions are:

o "DR" or " "In the "DR" or " " position, the interiorcourtesy light comes on when any door isopened regardless of the ignition key posi-tion. The light goes out when the door isclosed.

NOTE:If your vehicle is equipped with the delay-outinterior light, the light goes out graduallywithin 6 seconds after the door is closed.

B490A03A-AAT

Interior light

HLC2080

Type A (If Installed) Type B

B480A01E-AAT

Map Light (If Installed)

The two map light switches are located onboth sides of the front overhead console.Push in the map light switch to turn the light onor off. This light produces a spot beam forconvenient use as a map light at night or asa personal light for the driver and the passen-ger.

HLC2081

!

B450B02A-AAT

Rear Drink Holder

The rear drink holder is located on the rearmain console and may be used for holdingcups or cans.

HLC2117

WARNING:o Use caution when using the drink hold-

ers. A spilled beverage that is very hotcan injure you or your passengers.Spilled liquids can damage interior trimand electrical components.

o Do not place anything except drinks inthe drink holder. Such objects can bethrown out, possibly injuring personsin the vehicle during sudden braking orin the event of an accident.

Page 67: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

55SEAT POCKETGLOVE BOX

o To open the glove box, pull on the glove boxrelease lever.

o To close glove box, push up on glove box.

B540B01TB-AAT

(If Installed)

A seat side pocket is located on the frontpassenger seat to hold papers.There are seatback pockets on the backsideof the front seats.

HLC2119

!

o ONIn the "ON" position, the light stays on at alltimes. Do not leave the switch in this positionfor an extended period of time when the ve-hicle is not running.

o OFFIn the "OFF" position, the light stays off at alltimes even though a door is open.

HLC2110

B500A01A-AAT

WARNING:To avoid the possibility of injury in case ofan accident or a sudden stop, the glove boxdoor should be kept closed when the car isin motion.

Page 68: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

56 OUTSIDE REARVIEW MIRROR

B510A01A-AAT

Manual Type (If Installed)

The outside rearview mirrors are equippedwith a remote control for your convenience. Itis operated by the control lever in the bottomfront corner of the window.Before driving away, always check that yourmirrors are positioned so you can see behindyou, both to the left and right sides, as well asdirectly behind your vehicle. When using themirror, always exercise caution when attempt-ing to judge the distance of vehicles behind oralong side of you.

HLC2113

CAUTION:If the mirror control is jammed with ice, do notattempt to break it free using the controlhandle or by manipulating the face of themirror. Use an approved spray de-icer (notradiator antifreeze) to release the frozenmechanism or move the vehicle to a warmplace and allow the ice to melt.

!B510B01Y-AAT

Electric Type (If Installed)

HLC2114

The outside rearview mirrors can be adjustedto your preferred rear vision, both directlybehind the vehicle, and to the rear of the leftand right sides.The remote control outside rearview mirrorswitch controls the adjustments for both rightand left outside mirrors.

To adjust the position of either mirror:1. Move the selecting switch to the right or left

to activate the adjustable mechanism for thecorresponding door mirror.

2. Adjust mirror angle by depressing the ap-propriate directional switch as illustrated.

Page 69: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

57

!

B510D01HP-GAT

Outside Rearview Mirror Heater(If Installed)

The outside rearview mirror heater is actuatedin connection with the rear window defroster.To heat the outside rearview mirror glass,push in the switch for the rear window de-froster. The rearview mirror glass will beheated for defrosting or defogging and will giveyou improved rear vision in inclement weatherconditions. Push the switch again to turn theheater off. The outside rearview mirror heaterautomatically turns itself off after 20 minutes.

B370A01A

B510C01A-AAT

Folding the Outside Rearview Mirrors

To fold the outside rearview mirrors, pushthem towards the rear. To unfold the outsiderear view mirrors, push them toward the front.The outside rearview mirrors can be foldedrearward for parking in restricted areas.

HLC2115

WARNING:Do not adjust or fold the outside rearviewmirrors while the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control, and an acci-dent causing death, serious injury or prop-erty damage.

!

B510B01A

CAUTION:o Do not operate the switch continuously

for an unnecessary length of time.o Scraping ice from the mirror face could

cause permanent damage. To remove anyice, use a sponge, soft cloth or ap-proved de-icer.

WARNING:Be careful when judging the size or distanceof any object seen in the passenger siderearview mirror. It is a convex mirror with acurved surface. Any objects seen in thismirror are closer than they appear.

!

Page 70: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

58 PARKING BRAKEDAY/NIGHT INSIDE REARVIEWMIRROR

B520A01A-AAT

Your Hyundai is equipped with a day/nightinside rearview mirror. The "night" position isselected by flipping the tab at the bottom of themirror toward you. In the "night" position, theglare of headlights of cars behind you is re-duced.

HLC2112

B530A01A-AAT

Always engage the parking brake before leav-ing the car. This also turns on the parkingbrake indicator light when the key is in the"ON" or "START" position. Before driving away,be sure that the parking brake is fully releasedand the indicator light is off.

o To engage the parking brake, pull the leverup as far as possible.

o To release the parking brake, pull up thelever and press the thumb button. Then,while holding the button in, lower the brakelever.

HLC3024

HIGH-MOUNTED REAR STOP LIGHT

B550A01S-GAT

(If Installed)

In addition to the lower-mounted rear stoplights on either side of the car, the high mountedrear stop light in the center of the rear windowor inserted in the rear spoiler also lights whenthe brakes are applied.

HLC2124

Page 71: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

59FLOOR MAT ANCHORHOOD RELEASE

!

!

CAUTION:Make sure that the support rod has beenreleased prior to closing the hood.

!

WARNING:o Always double check to be sure that the

hood is firmly latched before drivingaway. If it is not latched, the hood couldopen while the vehicle is being driven,causing a total loss of visibility, whichmight result in an accident.

o The support rod must be inserted com-pletely into the hole provided in the hoodwhenever you inspect the engine com-partment. This will prevent the hoodfrom falling and possibly injuring you.

o Do not move the vehicle with the hood inthe raised position, as vision is obstructedand the hood could fall or be damaged.

B571A03Y-AAT

When using a floor mat on the front floorcarpet, make sure it attaches to the floor matanchor in your vehicle. This keeps the floormat from sliding forward.

HXGS263

WARNING:o Make sure the floor mat is properly

placed on the floor carpet. If the floormat slips and interferes with the move-ment of the pedals during driving, itmay cause an accident.

o Don't put a additional floor mat on thetop of the fixed mat, otherwise the ad-ditional mat may slide forward and inter-fere with the movement of the pedals.

2. Push the safety catch lever to the left andlift the hood.

3. Hold the hood open with the support rod.

Before closing the hood, return the support rodto its clip to prevent it from rattling. Lower thehood until it is about 1 ft. (30 cm) above theclosed position and let it drop. Make sure thatit locks into place.

B570A01A-1

B570A03A-GAT

1. Pull the release knob to unlatch the hood.

B570A01A

Page 72: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

60

B560A02S-AAT

B560A01A-1

The fuel-filler lid may be opened from inside thevehicle by pulling up on the fuel-filler lid openerlocated on the front floor area on the left sideof the car.

NOTE:If the fuel-filler lid will not open because icehas formed around it, tap lightly or push onthe lid to break the ice and release the lid. Donot pry on the lid. If necessary, spray aroundthe lid with an approved de-icer fluid (do notuse radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicleto a warm place and allow the ice to melt.

REMOTE FUEL-FILLER LID RELEASE

! WARNING:o The fuel cap must be tightened at least

3 clicks, otherwise " " light willilluminate.

o Gasoline vapors are dangerous. Beforerefueling, always stop the engine andnever allow sparks or open flames nearthe filler area. If you need to replace thefiller cap, use a genuine Hyundai re-placement part.

o If you open the fuel filler cap duringhigh ambient temperatures, a slight"pressure sound" may be heard. This isnormal and not a cause for concern.Whenever you open the fuel filler cap,turn it slowly.

HLC2016-2

!o Make sure the fuel filler cap is replaced

and securely seated after fueling. Fail-ure to replace or fully seat the fuel fillercap will result in fuel vapors escapinginto the atmosphere and the checkengine "MIL" indicator illuminating.

o Do not "TOP-OFF" after the first nozzleshut off when refueling.

o Automotive fuels are flammable/explo-sive materials. When refueling, pleasenote the following guidelines carefully.

o Before touching the fuel nozzle or fuelfiller cap, have one's hands in contactwith metal parts away from the fillerneck to discharge static electricity.

o Do not get back in the vehicle whilerefueling. Do not operate anything thatcan produce static electricity. Staticelectricity discharge can ignite fuel va-pors resulting in explosion.

o When using a portable fuel containerbe sure to place the container on theground while refueling. Static electric-ity discharge from the container canignite fuel vapors causing a fire. Whilestarting refueling contact should bemaintained until the filling is complete.

WARNING:

Page 73: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

61

!

TRUNK LID (4 DOOR)

B540C02A-AAT

To Unlock Using the Key.

To open the trunk lid, insert the key and turnit clockwise to unlock. The luggage compart-ment light illuminates when the trunk lid isopened.

B450E01A

!

B540A01E-AAT

Remote Trunk Lid Release

B540D01A

To open the trunk lid without using the key, pullup the lid release lever.To close, lower the trunk lid, then press downon it until it locks. To be sure the trunk lid issecurely fastened, try to pull it up again.

WARNING:The trunk lid should always be kept com-pletely closed while the vehicle is in motion.If it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaustgases may enter the car resulting in seriousillness or death to the occupants. See addi-tional warnings concerning exhaust gases onpage 2-2.

! WARNING:Parents should teach children about theemergency trunk release lever in their ve-hicle and how to open the trunk lid if theyare accidentally locked in the trunk.

o Do not use cellular phones around agas station. The electric current or elec-tronic interference from cellular phonescan ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.

o When refueling always shut the engineoff. Sparks by electrical equipment ofthe engine can ignite fuel vapors caus-ing a fire. After refueling, check to makesure the fuel filler cap is securely closed,and then start the engine.

o Do not smoke or try to light cigarettesaround a gas station. Automotive fuelsare flammable.

WARNING:

Page 74: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

62

B540F01A-AAT

Tailgate (3 DOOR)

To open the tailgate, unlock it by turning thekey clockwise, then pull the outside handletoward you.To close, lower the tailgate and shut firmly toengage the latch. Lock the tailgate by turning thekey counterclockwise.If the vehicle is equipped with central doorlocking, the tailgate can be locked without akey. Push the central door lock switch towardthe front of the vehicle after closing the tailgate.If the tailgate is open when the switch ispushed, the tailgate will be locked when it isfully closed.

B540B02E-AAT

Trunk Lid Emergency Latch Release

Your vehicle is equipped with a glow-in-thedark emergency trunk release lever locatedinside the trunk. It will glow after the trunk isclosed. When pulled, this lever will release thetrunk latch mechanism and open the trunk.

B540B02A B540F01A

WARNING:o If a person is locked in the trunk, pull

the emergency trunk release lever onthe driver's side of the inside panel ofthe trunk to open the trunk lid.

o HYUNDAI recommends that cars be keptlocked and keys be kept out of thereach of children, and that parents teachtheir children about the dangers ofplaying in trunks.

o Parents should teach children aboutthe emergency trunk release lever intheir vehicle and how to open the trunklid if they are accidentally locked in thetrunk.

!

Page 75: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

63SUN VISORCARGO AREA COVER

HLC2105

B580A01TB-AAT

B580A01A-2

Type A

Type B

B650A01A-GAT

(3 Door Model)

Nothing should be carried on top of the lug-gage cover. Loose materials could result ininjury to vehicle occupants during suddenbraking.

B650A01A-1Type A

Type B

! WARNING:The tailgate should always be kept completelyclosed while the vehicle is in motion. If it is leftopen or ajar, poisonous exhaust gases mayenter the car which could result in seriousinjury or death to the occupants. See addi-tional warnings concerning exhaust gases onpage 2-2.

Page 76: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

64 HORN

!

Your Hyundai is equipped with sun visors togive the driver and front passenger either frontalor sideward shade. To reduce glare or to shutout direct rays of the sun, turn the sun visordown. A ticket holder is provided on the backof the sun visor for the driver. Vanity mirrorsare provided on the back of the sunvisor forthe driver and the front passenger (If In-stalled).

NOTE:The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)label containing useful information can befound on the front of each sun visor.

WARNING:Do not place the sun visor in such a mannerthat it obscures visibility of the roadway,traffic or other objects.

B610A01A-AAT

Press the pad on the steering wheel to soundthe horn.

B610B02A

Page 77: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

65HEATING AND COOLING CONTROL

B710A01TB-GAT

(If Installed)

B710A01A-1

1. Side Defrost Nozzle2. Side Ventilator3. Windshield Defrost Nozzle4. Center Ventilator

B710B01S-AAT

CENTER VENTILATOR

The center ventilators are located in the middleof the dashboard. The direction of air flow fromthe vents in the center of the dashboard isadjustable.To control the direction of the air flow, move theknob in the center of the vent up-and-down andside-to-side.

B710C02HP-AAT

SIDE VENTILATOR

The side ventilators are located on each side ofdashboard. To change the direction of the airflow, move the knob in the center of the vent up-and-down and side-to-side. The vents areopened when the vent knob is moved to " "position. The vents are closed when the ventknob is moved to " ". Keep these ventsclear of any obstructions.

Page 78: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

66 HEATING AND VENTILATION

This is used to select fresh outside air orrecirculating inside air.

Fresh

Recirculation

With the mode selected, air enters thevehicle from outside and is heated or cooledaccording to the other functions selected.With the mode selected, air from withinthe passenger compartment is drawn throughthe heating system and heated or cooled ac-cording to the other functions selected.

B670C01A-AAT

AIR INTAKE CONTROL

This model has four controls and one switchfor the heating and cooling system. They are:

1. Fan speed control2. Air flow control3. Temperature control4. Air conditioning switch5. Air intake control

B670B01A-AAT

Fan Speed Control (Blower Control)

This is used to turn the blower fan on and off andto select the fan speed.The blower fan speed, and therefore the volumeof air delivered from the system, may be con-trolled manually by setting the blower controlbetween the "1" and "4" position.

B670A02A-AAT

(If Installed)

B670A01A

1 2 3

4HLC2085 HLC2087

5

Page 79: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

67

NOTE:It should be noted that prolonged opera-tion of the heating system in mode willgive rise to misting of the windshield andside windows and the air within the passen-ger compartment will become stale. In ad-dition prolonged use of the air condition-ing with the mode selected may resultin the air within the passenger compart-ment becoming excessively dry.

Bi-Level

Air is discharged through the face vents andthe floor vents. This makes it possible to havecooler air from the dashboard vents and warmerair from the floor outlets at the same time.

B670D02A-1B670D01A-1

Face-Level

Selecting the "Face" mode will cause air to bedischarged through the face level vents.

B670D03A-AAT

Air Flow Control

This is used to direct the flow of air. Air can bedirected to the floor, dashboard outlets, or wind-shield. Five symbols are used to represent Face,Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrost airposition.

HLC2082

Page 80: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

68

Defrost-Level

Air is discharged through the windshield de-froster nozzle, side defroster nozzle, sideventilator.If the "Defrost" mode is selected, the air condi-tioning will be turned on automatically to im-prove windshield defrosting. And if you want toturn off the air conditioning, push the A/Cbutton.

B670D05A-1

Floor-Level

Air is discharged through the floor vents,windshield defroster nozzle, side defrosternozzle, side ventilator.

B670D03A-1

Floor-Defrost Level

Air is discharged through the windshield de-froster nozzle, the floor vents, side defrosternozzle, side ventilator.If the "Floor-Defrost" mode is selected, the airconditioning will be turned on automatically. Andif you want to turn off the air conditioning, pushthe A/C button.

BB670D04A-1

Page 81: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

69BI-LEVEL HEATINGHEATING CONTROLS

B690A02A-AATB670E02A-AAT

TEMPERATURE CONTROL

Cool Warm

This control is used to adjust the degree ofheating or cooling desired.

HLC2086 For normal heating operation, set the air intakecontrol to the fresh air ( ) position and theair flow control to the floor ( ) position.For faster heating, the air intake control shouldbe set in the recirculate ( ) position.If the windows fog up, set the air flow control tothe defrost ( ) position (The air conditioningwill be turned on automatically.) and the airintake control to the fresh air ( ) position.For maximum heat, move the temperature con-trol to "Warm".

B700A01A-AAT

Your Hyundai is equipped with bi-level heatingcontrols. This makes it possible to have coolerair from the dashboard vents and warmer airfrom the floor outlets at the same time. To usethis feature:

o Set the air intake control to the fresh air( ) position.

o Set the air flow control at the bi-level ( )position.

o Set the temperature control between "Cool"and "Warm".

B690A01A B670B01A

Page 82: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

70 VENTILATION

B730A01L-AAT

Operation Tipso To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from

entering the car through the ventilationsystem, temporarily set the air intake con-trol to the position.Be sure to return the control to the po-sition when the irritation has passed to keepfresh air in the vehicle. This will help keep thedriver alert and comfortable.

o Air for the heating/cooling system is drawn inthrough the grilles just ahead of the wind-shield. Care should be taken that these arenot blocked by leaves, snow, ice or otherobstructions.

o To prevent interior fog on the windshield, setthe air intake control to the fresh air ( )position, fan speed to the desired position,turn on the air conditioning system, andadjust temperature control to desired tem-perature.

B740A01A-AAT

Air Conditioning Switch(If Installed)

The air conditioning is turned on by pushingthe A/C button on the heating/air conditioningcontrol panel.

B710A01A-AAT

To operate the ventilation system:

o Set the air intake control at the fresh air( ) position.

o To direct all intake air to the dashboardvents, set the airflow control to the face ( ) position.

o Adjust the fan speed control to the desiredspeed.

o Set the temperature control between "Cool"and "Warm".

B710A01A

HLC2090

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

Page 83: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

71

B740B02A-AAT

AIR CONDITIONING OPERATIONCooling

To use the air conditioning to cool the interior:

o Turn on the fan control switch (1).o Turn on the air conditioning switch (4) by

pushing in on the switch.The air conditioning indicator light shouldcome on at the same time.

o Set the air intake control (5) to the po-sition.

o Set the temperature control (3) to "Cool".("Cool" provides maximum cooling. The tem-perature may be moderated by moving thecontrol toward "Warm".)

(1) (2) (3)

(4) (5)

B740D01A-AAT

Operation Tips

o If the interior of the car is hot when you firstget in, open the windows for a few minutes toexpel the hot air.

o When you are using the air conditioningsystem, keep all windows closed to keep hotair out.

o When moving slowly, as in heavy traffic, shiftto a lower gear. This increases engine speed,which in turn increases the speed of the airconditioning compressor.

o On steep grades, turn the air conditioner offto avoid the possibility of the engine over-heating.

o During winter months or in periods when theair conditioner is not used regularly, run theair conditioner once every month for a fewminutes. This will help circulate the lubri-cants and keep your system in peak operat-ing condition.

B740C01A-AAT

De-Humidified Heating

For dehumidified heating:o Turn on the fan control switch (1).o Turn on the air conditioning switch (4). The

air conditioning indicator light should comeon at the same time.

o Set the air intake control (5) to the fresh air( ) position.

o Set the air flow control (2) to the face ( )position.

B740C01A

(1) (2) (3)

(4) (5)

o Adjust the fan control (1) to the desiredspeed. For greater cooling, turn the fancontrol (1) to one of the higher speeds ortemporarily select the position on theair intake control (5).

o Adjust the fan control (1) to the desiredspeed.

o For more rapid action, set the fan at one ofthe higher speeds.

o Adjust the temperature control (3) to providethe desired amount of warmth.

B740B01A

Page 84: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

72 DEFROSTING/DEFOGGING

NOTE:When the A/C is operated continuously on the floor-defrost level ( ) or defrost level ( ), it may causefog to form on the exterior windshield. If this occurs, set the air flow control to the face level position( ) and fan speed control to the low position.

Use the heating/ventilation system to defrost or defog thewindshield:

To remove interior fog on the windshield:o Set the air intake control to the fresh air ( ) position.o Set the air flow control to the defrost ( ) position.

(The air conditioning will be turned on automatically.)o Set the temperature control to the desired position.o Set the fan speed control between "1" and "4" position.

To remove frost or exterior fog on the windshield:o Activate the windshield wipers and washer to remove

light frost and moisture.o Set the air intake control to the fresh ( ) position.o Set the air flow control to the defrost ( ) position.

(The air conditioning will be turned on automatically.)o Set the temperature control to warm.o Set the fan speed control to position "3" or "4".

B720A05A-AAT

B720B01A-1 B720B02A-1

Page 85: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

73AIR CONDITIONER FILTER(For Evaporator and Blower unit)

!

B760A01Y

The air conditioner filter is located in front of theevaporator unit behind the glove box.It operates to decrease the amount of pollut-ants entering the car.To replace the air conditioner filter, refer to thepage 6-16.

B760A05A-GAT

(If Installed)

Inside ofa vehicle

Evaporator coreFilter

Blower

Outside air

CAUTION:o Replace the filter every 12,000 miles

(20,000 km) or once a year. If the car isbeing driven in severe conditions suchas dusty, rough roads, more frequentair conditioner filter inspections andchanges are required.

o When the air flow rate is decreased, itmust be checked at an authorized dealer.

Inside air

Page 86: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

74 STEREO SOUND SYSTEM

FM broadcasts are transmitted at high fre-quencies and do not bend to follow the earth'ssurface. Because of this, FM broadcasts gen-erally begin to fade at short distances from thestation. Also, FM signals are easily affected bybuildings, mountains, or other obstructions.These can result in certain listening conditionswhich might lead you to believe a problemexists with your radio. The following conditionsare normal and do not indicate radio trouble:

AM broadcasts can be received at greater dis-tances than FM broadcasts. This is becauseAM radio waves are transmitted at low fre-quencies. These long, low frequency radiowaves can follow the curvature of the earthrather than travelling straight out into the atmo-sphere. In addition, they curve around ob-structions so that they can provide bettersignal coverage.

B750A02A-AAT

How Car Audio Works

AM and FM radio signals are broadcast fromtransmitter towers located around your city.They are intercepted by the radio antenna onyour car. This signal is then received by theradio and sent to your car speakers.When a strong radio signal has reached yourvehicle, the precise engineering of your audiosystem ensures the best possible quality re-production. However, in some cases the sig-nal coming to your vehicle may not be strongand clear. This can be due to factors such asthe distance from the radio station, closenessof other strong radio stations or the presenceof buildings, bridges or other large obstruc-tions in the area.

Ionosphere

B750A02L

Mountains

Buildings

Obstructed area

Unobstructedarea

FM radio station

B750A03L

Ionosphere FM reception

B750A01L

Iron bridges

AM reception

Page 87: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

75

!o Station Swapping - As an FM signal weak-

ens, another more powerful signal near thesame frequency may begin to play. This isbecause your radio is designed to lock ontothe clearest signal. If this occurs, selectanother station with a stronger signal.

o Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signals be-ing received from several directions cancause distortion or fluttering. This can becaused by a direct and reflected signalfrom the same station, or by signals fromtwo stations with close frequencies. If thisoccurs, select another station until the con-dition has passed.

B750B03Y-AAT

Using a cellular phone or a two-wayradio

When a cellular phone is used inside the vehi-cle, noise may be produced from the audioequipment. This does not mean that somethingis wrong with the audio equipment. In such acase, use the cellular phone at a place as far aspossible from the audio equipment.

o Fading - As your car moves away from theradio station, the signal will weaken andsound will begin to fade. When this occurs,we suggest that you select another strongerstation.

o Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or largeobstructions between the transmitter and yourradio can disturb the signal causing static orfluttering noises to occur. Reducing the tre-ble level may lessen this effect until thedisturbance clears.

B750A04L B750A05L WARNING:Don't use a cellular phone when you aredriving. Stop at a safe place to use a cellularphone.

Page 88: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

76 AUDIO SYSTEM

1. POWER ON-OFF, BALANCE, VOLUME, SCAN Control Knob

H210A01O-AAT

STEREO RADIO OPERATION (H215) (If Installed)

H210A01O

2. FADER Control Knob

3. BASS/TREBLE Control Knob

4. BAND Selector

5. TUNE/SEEK Select Button

6. PRESET Station Select Button

Page 89: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

77

2. FAD (Fader Control) Knob

Turn the control knob counterclockwise to em-phasize front speaker sound (rear speakersound will be attenuated). When the controlknob is turned clockwise, rear speaker soundwill be emphasized (front speaker sound willbe attenuated).

3. BASS Control Knob

Press to pop the knob out and turn to the left orright for the desired bass tone.

TREBLE Control Knob.

Pull the bass control knob further out. Turn tothe left or right for the desired treble tone.

4. BAND Selector

Pressing the button changes the AM, FM1and FM2 bands. The mode selected is dis-played on LCD.

5. TUNE (Manual) Select Button

Press the ( ) side or ( ) side to increase or todecrease the frequency. With the button helddown for 1 sec. or more, the stop signal (broad-casting radio wave) is ignored and channelselection continues.

SEEK Operation(Automatic Channel Selection)

Press the TUNE select button for 1 sec. ormore. When the ( ) side is pressed, the unit willautomatically tune to the next higher frequencyand when the ( ) side is pressed, it will automa-tically tune to the next lower frequency.

6. PRESET STATION SELECT Button

Six (6) stations for AM, FM1 and FM2 respec-tively can be preset in the electronic memorycircuit on this unit.

HOW TO PRESET STATIONS

Six AM and twelve FM stations may be pro-grammed into the memory of the radio. Then, bysimply pressing the band select button and/orone of the six station select buttons, you mayrecall any of these stations instantly. To pro-gram the stations, follow these steps:

o Press band selector to set the band for AM,FM1, and FM2.

o Select the desired station to be stored byseek, scan or manual tuning.

o Determine the preset station select buttonyou wish to use to access that station.

H210B04O-AAT

1. POWER ON-OFF/VOLUME ControlKnob

The radio unit may be operated when the igni-tion key is in the "ACC" or "ON" position. Rotatethe knob clockwise to switch the radio unit onand to increase the volume.The LCD shows the radio frequency in the radiomode. Turn the knob counterclockwise to re-duce the volume and to switch the radio unit off.

BAL (Balance Control) Knob

Pull and turn the control knob clockwise toemphasize right speaker sound (left speakersound will be attenuated). When the controlknob is turned counterclockwise, left speakersound will be emphasized (right speaker soundwill be attenuated).After adjusting the balance, push the knobagain to use the other function.

SCAN Knob

When the scan knob is pressed, the frequencywill increase and the receivable stations will betuned in one after another, receiving each sta-tion for 5 seconds. To stop scanning, press thescan knob again.

FMAM

Page 90: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

78

o Press the station select button for morethan two seconds. A select button indicatorwill show in the display indicating whichselect button you have depressed. Youshould then release the button, and pro-ceed to program the next desired station.A total of 18 stations can be programmedby selecting one AM and two FM stationsper button.

o When completed, any preset station maybe recalled by selecting AM, FM1 or FM2band and the appropriate station button.

! CAUTION:o Do not place beverages close to the

audio system. The audio system mecha-nism may be damaged if you spill them.

o Do not impact on the audio system, orthe audio system mechanism could bedamaged.

Page 91: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

79

H240A01O-GAT

STEREO RADIO OPERATION (H245) (If Installed)

H240A01O

1. POWER ON/OFF, VOLUME Control Knob

5. BAND Selector

4. TUNE/SEEK Select Button 7. SCAN Button

6. PRESET Buttons 2. BASS/BALANCE Control Knob (BASS/BAL)

3. TREBLE/FADER Control Knob (TREB/FAD)

Page 92: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

80

3. TREB (Treble Control) Knob

Press to pop the knob out and turn to the left orright for the desired treble tone.

FAD (Fader Control) Knob

Pull the treble control knob further out.Turn the control knob counterclockwise to em-phasize front speaker sound (rear speakersound will be attenuated).When the control knob is turned clockwise,rear speaker sound will be emphasized (frontspeaker sound will be attenuated).

4. TUNE (Manual) Select Button

Press the ( ) side or ( ) side to increase or todecrease the frequency. Press either button andhold down to continuously scroll. Release but-ton once the desired station is reached.

SEEK Operation(Automatic Channel Selection)

Press the TUNE select button 0.5 sec or more.Releasing it will automatically tune to the nextavailable station with a beep sound.

When the ( ) side is pressed longer than 0.5second, releasing will automatically tune to thenext higher frequency and when the ( ) sideis pressed longer than 0.5 second, releasingwill automatically tune to the next lower fre-quency.

5. BAND Selector

Pressing the button changes the AM, FM1and FM2 bands. The mode selected is dis-played on LCD.

6. PRESET STATION SELECT Button

Six (6) stations for AM, FM1 and FM2 respec-tively can be preset in the electronic memorycircuit on this unit.

HOW TO PRESET STATIONS

Six AM and twelve FM stations may be pro-grammed into the memory of the radio. Then, bysimply pressing the band select button and/orone of the six station select buttons, you mayrecall any of these stations instantly. To pro-gram the stations, follow these steps:

H240B04O-AAT

1. POWER ON-OFF Control Knob

The radio unit may be operated when the igni-tion key is in the "ACC" or "ON" position. Pressthe knob to switch the power on. The LCDshows the radio frequency in the radio mode orthe tape direction indicator in the tape mode. Toswitch the power off, press the knob again.

VOLUME Control

Rotate the knob clockwise to increase the vol-ume and turn the knob counterclockwise toreduce the volume.

2. BASS Control Knob

Press the control knob to pop knob out andturn to the left or right for the desired basstone.

BAL (Balance Control) Knob

Pull the bass control knob further out.Turn thecontrol knob clockwise to emphasize rightspeaker sound (left speaker sound will beattenuated).When the control knob is turned counterclock-wise, left speaker sound will be emphasized(right speaker sound will be attenuated).

FM/AM

Page 93: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

81

o Press band selector to set the band for AM,FM1, and FM2.

o Select the desired station to be stored byseek or manual tuning.

o Determine the preset station select buttonyou wish to use to access that station.

o Press the station select button for morethan two seconds. A select button indicatorwill show in the display indicating whichselect button you have depressed. Thefrequency display will flash after it has beenstored into the memory with a beep sound.You should then release the button, andproceed to program the next desired sta-tion. A total of 18 stations can be pro-grammed by selecting one AM and two FMstations per button.

o When completed, any preset station maybe recalled by selecting AM, FM1 or FM2band and the appropriate station button.

7. SCAN Button

When the scan button is pressed, the frequencywill increase and the receivable stations will betuned in one after another, receiving each sta-tion for 5 seconds. To stop scanning, press thescan button again.

! CAUTION:o Do not place beverages close to the

audio system. The audio system mecha-nism may be damaged if you spill them.

o Do not impact on the audio system, orthe audio system mechanism could bedamaged.

Page 94: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

82

H240C01O-GAT

CASSETTE TAPE PLAYER OPERATION (H245) (If Installed)

H240A01O

3. TAPE PROGRAM Button

2. AUTO MUSIC SELECT Button

4. EJECT Button

1. FF/REW Button

6. TAPE SLOT

5. DOLBY SELECT Button

Page 95: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

83

H240A03O-AAT

1. FF/REW Button

o The FF (fast forward tape winding) startswhen the button is pressed during PLAYor REW.

o PLAY starts when the button is press-ed again during FF.

o REW (rewinding) starts when the buttonis pressed during PLAY or FF.

o PLAY starts when the button is press-ed again during the REW.

2. AUTO MUSIC SELECT Button

Press the button to find the starting point of eachsong in a prerecorded music tape.The quiet space between songs (must have atleast a 4 sec. gap) can be identified by theAUTO MUSIC SELECT button.

o Pressing the button will play the beginn-ing of the next music segment.

o Pressing the button will start replay atthe beginning of the music just listened to.

3. TAPE PROGRAM Button

This allows you to play the reverse side of thetape by merely pressing the program button.An arrow will appear in the display to showtape direction.

NOTE:When tape operation is abnormal or ER8 faultcode is displayed, press the eject button morethan 5 seconds to reset the deck function.

4. EJECT Button

o When the EJECT button is pressed with acassette loaded, the cassette will eject.

o When the EJECT button is pressed duringFF/REW, the cassette will eject.

5. DOLBY SELECT Button

If you get background noise during PLAY, youcan reduce this considerably by merely press-ing DOLBY SELECT button.If you want to release, press the button again.

! CAUTION:o Do not insert anything like coins into

the player slot as damage to the unitmay occur.

o Do not place beverages close to theaudio system. The playback mecha-nism may be damaged if you spill them.

o Do not impact on the audio system, orthe playback mechanism could be dam-aged.

Page 96: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

84

H260A01O-AAT

STEREO RADIO OPERATION (H265) (If Installed)

1. POWER ON-OFF/VOLUME/BALANCE Control KnobH260A01A

2. FADER Control Knob

3. BASS/TREBLE Control Knob

4. SCAN Button

5. TUNE/SEEK Select Button

6. BAND Selector

7. PRESET Button

Page 97: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

85

3. BASS Control Knob

Press to pop the knob out and turn to the left orright for the desired bass tone.

TREB (Treble Control) Knob

Pull the bass control knob further out. Turn tothe left or right for the desired treble tone.

4. SCAN Button

When the scan button is pressed, the frequencywill increase and the receivable stations will betuned in one after another, receiving each sta-tion for 5 seconds. To stop scanning, press thescan button again.

5. TUNE (Manual) Select Button

Press the ( ) side or ( ) side to increase or todecrease the frequency. Press either button andhold down to continuously scroll. Release but-ton once the desired station is reached.

SEEK Operation(Automatic Channel Selection)

Press the TUNE select button for 0.5 sec ormore. Releasing it will automatically tune to thenext available station with a beep sound.When the ( ) side is pressed longer than 0.5second, releasing will automatically tune to thenext higher frequency and when the ( ) side ispressed longer than 0.5 second, releasing willautomatically tune to the next lower frequency.

6. BAND Selector

Pressing the button changes the AM, FM1and FM2 bands. The mode selected is dis-played on LCD.

7. PRESET STATION SELECT Button

Six (6) stations for AM, FM1 and FM2 respec-tively can be preset in the electronic memorycircuit on this unit.

H260B05O-AAT

1. POWER ON-OFF Control Knob

The radio unit may be operated when the igni-tion key is in the "ACC" or "ON" position. Pressthe knob to switch the power on. The LCDshows the radio frequency in the radio mode orthe CD track indicator in the CD mode. Toswitch the power off, press the knob again.

VOLUME Control

Rotate the knob clockwise to increase the vol-ume and turn the knob counterclockwise toreduce the volume.

BALANCE Control

Pull and turn the control knob clockwise toemphasize right speaker sound (left speakersound will be attenuated). When the controlknob is turned counterclockwise, left speakersound will be emphasized (right speaker soundwill be attenuated).

2. FAD (Fader Control) Knob

Turn the control knob counterclockwise to em-phasize front speaker sound (rear speakersound will be attenuated). When the controlknob is turned clockwise, rear speaker soundwill be emphasized (front speaker sound willbe attenuated).

FM/AM

Page 98: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

86

HOW TO PRESET STATIONS

Six AM and twelve FM stations may be pro-grammed into the memory of the radio. Then, bysimply pressing the band select button and/orone of the six station select buttons, you mayrecall any of these stations instantly. To pro-gram the stations, follow these steps:

o Press band selector to set the band for AM,FM1, or FM2.

o Select the desired station to be stored byseek, scan or manual tuning.

o Determine the preset station select buttonyou wish to use to access that station.

o Press the station select button for more thantwo seconds. A select button indicator willshow in the display indicating which selectbutton you have depressed. The frequencydisplay will flash after it has been stored intothe memory.You should then release the button, andproceed to program the next desired station.A total of 18 stations can be programmed byselecting one AM and two FM stations perbutton.

o When completed, any preset station may berecalled by selecting AM, FM1 or FM2band and the appropriate station button.

! CAUTION:o Do not place beverages close to the

audio system. The audio system mecha-nism may be damaged if you spill them.

o Do not impact on the audio system, orthe audio system mechanism could bedamaged.

Page 99: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

87

H260B01O-AAT

COMPACT DISC PLAYER OPERATION (H265) (If Installed)

1. Playing CD

H260A01A

2. FF/REW Button

3. TRACK UP/DOWN

4. SCAN Button

5. REPEAT Button

6. EJECT Button

Page 100: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

88

B260D04O-AAT

1. Playing CD

o Insert the CD with the label facing upward.o Insert the CD to start CD playback, during

radio operation.o When a disc is in the CD deck, if you press

the CD button, the CD player will beginplaying even if the radio is being used.

o The CD player can be used when the ignitionswitch is in either the "ON" or "ACC" posi-tion.

2. FF/REW ( / )

If you want to fast forward or reverse throughthe compact disc track, push and hold the FF( ) or REW ( ) button.When you release the button, the compact discplayer will resume playing.

3. TRACK UP/DOWN

o The desired track on the disc currently beingplayed can be selected using the track num-ber.

o Press once to skip forward to the beginn-ing of the next track. Press once to skipback to the beginning of the track.

4. SCAN Button

o Press the SCAN button to playback the first10 seconds of each track.

o Press the SCAN button again within 10 sec.when you have reached the desired track.

5. REPEAT Button

o To repeat the track you are currently listen-ing to, press the RPT button. To cancel,press again.

o If you do not release RPT operation whenthe track ends, it will automatically be re-played.This process will be continued until you pushthe button again.

6. EJECT Button

When the EJECT button is pressed with aCD loaded, the CD will eject.

NOTE:o If the CD does not operate properly or

if the ER2 fault code is displayed, useone of two methods to reset the CDdeck function.- Remove the audio fuse for 5 minutes.

Then, reinstall the audio fuse.- Diconnect the negative terminal of

the battery and wait 5 minutes. Then,reconnect the negative battery termi-nal.

o To assure proper operation of the unit,keep the vehicle interior temperaturewithin a normal range by using thevehicle's air conditioning or heating sys-tem.

o When replacing the fuse, replace it witha fuse having the correct capacity.

o The preset station frequencies are allerased when the car battery is discon-nected. Therefore, all data will have to beset again if this should occur.

o Do not add any oil to the rotating parts.Keep magnets, screwdrivers and othermetallic objects away from the tapemechanism and head.

o This equipment is designed to be usedonly in a 12 volt DC battery system withnegative ground.

Page 101: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

89

o This unit is made of precision parts. Donot attempt to disassemble or adjust anyparts.

o When driving your vehicle, be sure tokeep the volume of the unit set low enoughto allow you to hear sounds comingfrom the outside.

o Do not expose this equipment (includ-ing the speakers) to water or excessivemoisture.

CAUTION:o Do not insert warped or poor quality

discs into the CD player as damage tothe unit may occur.

o Do not insert anything like coins intothe player slot as damage to the unitmay occur.

o Do not place beverages close to theaudio system. The playback mecha-nism may be damaged if you spill them.

o Do not impact on the audio system, orthe playback mechanism could be dam-aged.

o Driving on the off-roads or other vibra-tions may skip your compact disc.Do not use the audio system on off-roads as the discs could be scratchedand damaged.

!

o Do not grip or pull out the disc withyour hand while the disc is being pulledinto the unit by the self loading mecha-nism. These can cause poor discscratching to occur or trouble in thecompact disc player.

o Avoid using CD-Recordable or CD-Rewritable as the player could not beoperated in recording way of the CDmaker. When using the compact discplayer, genuine CDs are recommended.

CAUTION:!

Page 102: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

90

B890A01A-AAT

AUDIO FAULT CODE

If you see any error indication in the display while using the system in CD or Tape mode, find the cause in the chart below. If you cannot clear theerror indication, take the car to your Hyundai dealer.

INDICATION CAUSE SOLUTION

Er2

Er3

Er6

Er8

CD DECK MECHANICAL ERROR(EJECT ERROR, LOADING ERROR)

FOCUS ERRORDATA READ ERROR

DISC ERROR

TAPE DECK ERRORTAPE EJECT ERROR

After resetting the audio system, push the eject button.If disc is not ejected, consult your Hyundai dealer.

Make sure the disc is not scratched or damaged.Press the eject button and pull out the disc. Then insert a normal CD disc.

Check if the disc is inserted correctly in the CD player. Make sure the discis not scratched or damaged.

After resetting the audio system, push the eject button.If tape does not eject, consult your Hyundai dealer.

Page 103: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

91CARE OF CASSETTE TAPESCARE OF DISC

B850A02F-AAT

Proper Handling

Handle your disc as shown. Do not drop thedisc. Hold the disc so you will not leavefingerprints on the surface. If the surface isscratched, it may cause the pickup to skipsignal tracks. Do not affix tape, paper, orgummed labels on the disc. Do not write on thedisc.

Damaged Disc

Do not attempt to play damaged, warped orcracked discs. It could severely damage theplayback mechanism.

Storage

When not in use, place your discs in theirindividual case and store them in a cool placeaway from the sun, heat, and dust.Do not grip or pull out the disc with your handwhile the disc is being pulled into the unit by theSelf Loading mechanism.

Keep Your Discs Clean

Fingerprints, dust, or soil on the surface couldcause the pickup to skip signal tracks. Wipethe surface clean with a clean soft cloth. If thesurface is heavily soiled, dampen a clean softcloth in a solution of mild neutral detergent towipe it clean. See drawing.

B850A01L

B850A02L

B860A01A-AAT

B860A01L

Proper care of your cassette tapes will extendthe tape life and increase your listening enjoy-ment. Always protect your tapes and cassettecases from direct sunlight, severely cold anddusty conditions. When not in use, cassettesshould always be stored in the protective cas-sette case in which they were originally sup-plied. When the vehicle is very hot or cold, allowthe interior temperature to become more com-fortable before listening to your cassettes.

Page 104: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

92

o Keep all magnetized objects, such as elec-tric motors, speakers or transformers awayfrom your cassette tapes and tape playerunit.

o Store cassettes in a cool, dry place with theopen side facing down to prevent dust fromsettling in the cassette body.

o Avoid repeated fast reverse usage to re-play one given tune or tape section. Thiscan cause poor tape winding to occur, andeventually cause excessive internal dragand poor audio quality in the cassette. Ifthis occurs, it can sometimes be correctedby fast winding the tape from end to endseveral times. If this does not correct theproblem, do not continue to use the tape inyour vehicle.

Head

Cottonapplicator

HLC216

B860A02L

o Never leave a cassette inserted in theplayer when not being played. This coulddamage the tape player unit and the cas-sette tape.

o We strongly recommend against the use oftapes longer than C-60 (60 minutes total).Tapes such as C-120 or C-180 are very thinand do not perform as well in the automotiveenvironment.

o Be sure that the cassette label is not looseor peeling off or tape ejection may bedifficult.

o Never touch or soil the actual audio tapesurfaces.

o The playback head, capstan and pinchrollers will develop a coating of tape residuethat can result in deterioration of soundquality, such as a wavering sound. Theyshould be cleaned monthly using a com-mercially available head cleaning tape orspecial solution available from audio spe-cialty shops. Follow the supplier's direc-tions carefully and never oil any part of thetape player unit.

o Always be sure that the tape is tightlywound on its reel before inserting in theplayer. Rotate a pencil in the drive sprock-ets to wind up any slack.

Page 105: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

93ANTENNA

B870A01A-AAT

Fixed Rod Antenna

Your car uses a fixed rod antenna to receiveboth AM and FM broadcast signals.This antenna is a removable type. To removethe antenna, turn it counterclockwise. To installthe antenna, turn it clockwise.

B870B01Y-AAT

Power Antenna (If Installed)

The antenna will automatically be extendedwhen the radio power switch is turned on whilethe ignition key is in either the "ON" or "ACC"position. The antenna will automatically be re-tracted and stored when either the radio powerswitch is turned off or the ignition key is set tothe "LOCK" position.

HLC2123B870A01ANOTE:Look at a tape before you insert it. If the tapeis loose, tighten it by turning one of thehubs with a pencil or your finger. If the labelis peeling off, do not put it in the player. Itmay cause the tape to jam in the drivemechanism when you try to eject it.Do not leave tape sitting where they areexposed to high temperatures or, high hu-midity, such as on top of the dashboard orin the player. If a tape is excessively hot orcold, let it reach a moderate temperaturebefore putting it in the player.

B860A03L

CAUTION:o Be sure to remove the antenna before

washing the car in an automatic car washor it may be damaged.

o When reinstalling your antenna, it is im-portant that it is fully tightened to ensureproper reception.

!

Page 106: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

94

NOTE:o Before turning on the radio, make sure

that no one is near the antenna.o Before entering an automatic car wash or

a place with a low height clearance, besure that the antenna is retracted andstored.

o If the antenna is dirty, be sure to clean itin order to avoid an operation malfunc-tion.

Page 107: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

Before Starting the Engine ............................................ 2-3Key Positions ................................................................ 2-3Starting .......................................................................... 2-4Operating the Manual Transaxle ................................... 2-5Automatic Transaxle ..................................................... 2-7Good Braking Practices .............................................. 2-10Anti-Lock Brake System ............................................. 2-11Driving for Economy ................................................... 2-12Winter Driving ............................................................. 2-13Trailer Towing ............................................................. 2-16Vehicle Load Limit ....................................................... 2-16

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

22

Page 108: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2

! WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!C010A03A-AAT

Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately.

o Do not inhale exhaust fumes.Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.

o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you hear a changein the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car, have the exhaust system checkedas soon as possible by your Hyundai dealer.

o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in your garage anylonger than it takes to start the engine and back the car out.

o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intakeset at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.If you must drive with the trunk lid/ tail gate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:1. Close all windows.2. Open side vents.3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds.To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield are kept clearof snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

! PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components and parts, including components found in the interior furnishingsin a vehicle, contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm.In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known tothe State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

Page 109: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

3

2TO START THE ENGINEBEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE

C020A01A-AAT

Before you start the engine, you should al-ways:

1. Look around the vehicle to be sure thereare no flat tires, puddles of oil or water orother indications of possible trouble.

2. After entering the car, check to be sure theparking brake is engaged.

3. Check that all windows, and lights are clean.4. Check that the interior and exterior mirrors

are clean and in position.5. Check your seat, seatback and headrest to

be sure they are in their proper positions.6. Lock all the doors.7. Fasten your seat belt and be sure that all

other occupants have fastened theirs.8. Turn off all lights and accessories that are

not needed.9. When you turn the ignition switch to "ON",

check that all appropriate warning lights areoperating and that you have sufficient fuel.

10.Check the operation of warning lights and allbulbs when key is in the "ON" position.

C030A01A-AAT

COMBINATION IGNITION SWITCH

o If your Hyundai is equipped with a manualtransaxle, place the shift lever in neutral anddepress the clutch pedal fully.

o If your Hyundai has an automatic transaxle,place the shift lever in "P" (park).

o To start the engine, insert the ignition keyand turn it to the "START" position. Releaseit as soon as the engine starts. Do not holdthe key in the "START" position for morethan 15 seconds.

NOTE:o For safety, the engine will not start if the

clutch pedal is not depressed fully (ManualTransaxle) or the shift lever is not in "P"or "N" Position (Automatic Transaxle).

o The ignition key cannot be turned from"ACC" position to "LOCK" position un-less the shift lever is in the "P" (Park)position or the negative battery terminalis disconnected from the battery. (ForAutomatic Transaxle)

C040A01A-AAT

C040A01A-1

LOCK

ACC

ON

START

WARNING:The engine should not be turned off or thekey removed from the ignition key cylinderwhile the vehicle is in motion. The steeringwheel is locked by removing the key.

o "START"

The engine is started in this position. It willcrank until you release the key.

NOTE:Do not hold the key in the "START" posi-tion for more than 15 seconds.

!

KEY POSITIONS

Page 110: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

4 STARTING

C070C01A-AAT

To Remove the Ignition Key

1. Turn the ignition key to the "ACC" position.2. Simultaneously push and turn the ignition

key counterclockwise from the "ACC" posi-tion to the "LOCK" position.

3. The key can be removed in the "LOCK"position.

C050A01A-AAT

WARNING:Never run the engine in a closed or poorlyventilated area any longer than is neededto move your car in or out of the area. Thecarbon monoxide gas emitted is odorlessand can cause serious injury or death.

o "ON"

When the key is in the "ON" position, theignition is on and all accessories may beturned on. If the engine is not running, the keyshould not be left in the "ON" position. This willdischarge the battery and may also damagethe ignition system.

o "ACC"

With the key in the "ACC" position, some elec-trical accessories (radio, etc.) may be operat-ed.

o "LOCK"

The key can be removed or inserted in thisposition. To protect against theft, the steeringwheel locks by removing the key.

NOTE:To unlock the steering wheel, insert the key,and then turn the steering wheel and keysimultaneously.

C070C01A-1

LOCK

ACC

ON

START

C050A01A-1

!

LOCK ON

START

Page 111: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

5

2OPERATING THE MANUALTRANSAXLE

4. Turn the ignition key to the "Start" positionand release it when the engine starts.After the engine has started, allow the engineto run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to placingthe vehicle in gear.The starter should not be operated for morethan 15 seconds at a time. Wait 15-30 sec-onds between starting attempts to protectthe starter from overheating.

C050B01A-AAT

Normal Conditions:

The Starting Procedure:

1. Insert key, and fasten the seat belt.2. Depress the clutch pedal fully and place the

gearshift lever (manual transaxle) in neutralor the selector lever (automatic transaxle) in"P" (park) position.

3. After turning the ignition key to the "ON"position, make certain all warning lights andgauges are functioning properly before start-ing the engine.

WARNING:Be sure that the clutch is fully depressedwhen starting a manual transaxle vehicle.Your manual transaxle equipped vehicle willnot start unless the clutch pedal is fullydepressed. On a manual transaxle equippedvehicle that can be started without depress-ing the clutch, there is the potential to causedamage to the vehicle or injury to someoneinside or outside the vehicle as a result ofthe forward or backward movement of thevehicle that will occur if the clutch is notdepressed when the vehicle is started.

!

C070A02A-AAT

Your Hyundai's manual transaxle has a con-ventional shift pattern. This shift pattern is alsoimprinted on the shift knob. The transaxle isfully synchronized in all forward gears soshifting to either a higher or a lower gear iseasily accomplished.

NOTE:o To shift into reverse, rest the lever in

neutral for at least 3 seconds after yourcar is completely stopped. Then movethe lever into the reverse position.

o During cold weather, shifting may bedifficult until the transaxle lubricanthas warmed up. This is normal and notharmful to the transaxle.

C070A01A

Page 112: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

6

The shift points as shown above are recom-mended for optimum fuel economy and perform-ance.

C070E03A-AAT

RECOMMENDED SHIFT POINTS

C070D02O-AAT

Good Driving Practices

o Never take the car out of gear and coastdown a hill. This is extremely hazardous.Always leave the car in gear.

o Don't "ride" the brakes. This can cause themto overheat and malfunction. Instead, whenyou are driving down a long hill, slow downand shift to a lower gear. When you do this,engine braking will help slow the car.

o Slow down before shifting to a lower gear.This will help avoid over-revving the engine,which can cause damage.

o Slow down when you encounter cross winds.This gives you much better control of yourcar.

o Be sure the car is completely stopped beforeyou attempt to shift into reverse. The transaxlecan be damaged if you do not. To shift intoreverse, depress the clutch, move the shiftlever to neutral, wait three seconds, thenshift to the reverse position.

o Exercise extreme caution when driving on aslippery surface. Be especially careful whenbraking, accelerating or shifting gears. On aslippery surface, an abrupt change in vehiclespeed can cause the drive wheels to losetraction and the vehicle to go out of control.

C070B01A-AAT

Using the Clutch

The clutch should be pressed all the way to thefloor before shifting, then released slowly. Donot rest your foot on the clutch pedal whiledriving. This can cause unnecessary wear.Do not partially engage the clutch to hold the caron an incline. This causes unnecessary wear.Use the parking brake to hold the car on anincline. Do not operate the clutch pedal rapidlyand repeatedly.

Shift

from-to

Recommended

mph(km/h)

15 (20)

25 (40)

35 (55)

45 (75)

1-2

2-3

3-4

4-5

o If you've come to a complete stop andit's hard to shift into 1st or R(Reverse),put the shift lever in N(Neutral) positionand release the clutch. Press the clutchpedal back down, and then shift into 1st

or R(Reverse) gear position.o Do not use the shift lever as a handrest

during driving, as this can result in pre-mature wear of the transaxle shift forks.

CAUTION:When downshifting from fifth gear tofourth gear, caution should be taken notto inadvertently press the gear shift leversideways in such a manner that secondgear is engaged. Such a drastic downshiftmay cause the engine speed to increase tothe point that the tachometer will enter thered zone. Such over revving of the enginemay possibly cause engine damage.

!

Page 113: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

7

2AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

! WARNING:o Avoid high cornering speeds.o Do not make quick steering wheel move-

ments, such as sharp lane changes orfast, sharp turns.

o Always wear your seat belts.In a collision crash, un unbelted personis significantly more likely to die than aperson wearing a seatbelt.

o The risk of rollover is greatly increasedif you lose control of your vehicle athighway speeds.

o Loss of control often occurs if two ormore wheels drop off the roadway andthe driver oversteers to reenter the road-way.

o In the event your vehicle leaves theroadway, do not steer sharply. Instead,slow down before pulling back into thetravel lanes.

o Never exceed posted speed limits.

C090A01A-AAT

The highly efficient Hyundai automatictransaxle has four forward speeds and onereverse speed. It has a conventional shiftpattern as shown in the illustration. At night,with the multi-function switch turned on to theparking light or head light position the appro-priate symbol on the shift pattern indicator willbe illuminated according to the range selected.

CAUTION:Never shift into "R" or "P" position whilethe car is moving.

C090A01A

!

C090B02A-AAT

The function of each position is as fol-lows:

o P (Park):

Use to hold the vehicle in place when parking orwhile starting the engine. Whenever parkingthe car, apply the parking brake and shift theselector lever to the "P" (Park) position.

NOTE:Depress the brake pedal and pushthe button when shifting

Push the button when shifting

The selector lever can be shifted freely.

For optimum fuel economy, accelerate gradu-ally. The transaxle will automatically shift to thesecond, third and overdrive gears.

CAUTION:Never place the selector lever in the "P"(Park) position unless the vehicle is fullystopped. Failure to observe this caution willcause severe damage to the transaxle.

!

Page 114: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

8

C090G01A-AAT

o L (Low gear):

Use for driving up a very steep grade or forengine braking when descending steep hills.When downshifting to "L", the transaxle willtemporarily remain in second gear until the ve-hicle has slowed enough for low gear to engage.Do not exceed 31 mph (50 km/h) in low gear.

C090F01A-AAT

o 2 (Second gear):

Use for driving on a slippery road, hill climbingor engine braking downhill. "2" automaticallyshifts between first and second gears.This means that no shift-up to 3rd gear is per-formed. However, the shift-up to third gear isdone when the car speed exceeds a certainvalue to prevent the engine from over-revving.Manually move the selector to "D" returning tonormal driving condition.

C090H01A-AAT

NOTE:o For smooth and safe operation, de-

press the brake pedal when shiftingfrom "Neutral" position or "Park" posi-tion to a forward or reverse gear.

o The ignition key must be in the "ON"position and the brake pedal fully de-pressed in order to move the shift leverfrom the "P" (Park) position to any of theother positions.

o It is always possible to shift from "R","N", "D", "2", "L" position to "P" posi-tion.

C090C01A-AAT

o R(Reverse):

Use for backing up the vehicle. Bring the car toa complete stop before shifting the selectorlever to "R" position.

C090D02A-AAT

o N (Neutral):

In the "N" position, the transaxle is in neutralposition, which means that no gears are en-gaged. The engine can be started with the shiftlever in "N" position, although this is not recom-mended except if the engine stalls while the caris moving.

C090E01A-AAT

o D (Drive):

Use for normal driving. The transaxle will auto-matically shift through a four-gear sequence.Never downshift manually to "2" position or "L"position when vehicle speed is more than 60mph (96 km/h).

Page 115: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

9

2

C090I01A-AAT

CAUTION:o Shift into "R" and "P" position only

when the vehicle has completelystopped.

o Do not accelerate the engine in reverseor any of the forward positions with thebrakes applied.

o Always apply the footbrake when shiftingfrom "P" or "N", to "R", "D", "2" or "L"position.

o Do not use the "P" (Park) position inplace of the parking brake. Always setthe parking brake, shift the transaxle into"P" (Park) position and turn off the igni-tion when you leave the vehicle, evenmomentarily. Never leave the vehicle un-attended while the engine is running.

o Check the automatic transaxle fluid levelregularly, and add fluid as necessary.

!

If you cannot move the shift lever from the "P"(Park) position to any other position with thebrake pedal fully depressed and the ignition keyin the "ON" position, remove the cap on theconsole with a thin object such as a pencil, pushthe shift lock release button down. Then, withthe brake pedal depressed, move the shift leverto the desired position, then the shift lock re-lease button will automatically return to its origi-nal position after shifting from the "P" (Park)position. Then, reinstall the cap.Have the system checked by your Hyundaidealer.

JC110J4-A

SHIFT LOCK RELEASE (If Installed)

C090J01A

C090P01A-AAT

Overdrive Switch

When the overdrive switch is turned on, thetransaxle will automatically upshift to the sec-ond, third and overdrive gears. When the over-drive switch is turned off, the transaxle will notupshift to the overdrive gear. For normal driving,the selector lever should be left in the "D"position and the overdrive switch turned on.If you need to accelerate rapidly, press theaccelerator pedal all the way to the floor. Thetransaxle will automatically shift to a lower gear,depending on the vehicle speed and load.

C090P01A

Page 116: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

10 GOOD BRAKING PRACTICES

o Turn the overdrive switch on for good fueleconomy and smooth driving. If engine brak-ing is needed in the "D" range or if repeatedupshifting and downshifting between the 3rdand 4th gear is needed when climbing agentle slope, it is recommended that theoverdrive switch be turned off. Turn the over-drive switch back on immediately afterward.

C090N03A-AAT

Good Driving Practices

o Never move the gear selector lever from "P"or "N" to any other position with the acceler-ator pedal depressed.

o Never move the gear selector lever into "P"when the vehicle is in motion.

o Be sure the car is completely stopped beforeyou attempt to shift into "R".

o Never take the car out of gear and coastdown a hill. This may be extremely hazard-ous. Always leave the car in gear whenmoving.

o Do not "ride" the brakes. This can causethem to overheat and malfunction. Instead,when you are driving down a long hill, slowdown and shift to a lower gear. When you dothis, engine braking will help slow the car.

o Slow down before shifting to a lower gear.Otherwise, the lower gear may not be en-gaged.

o Always use the parking brake. Do not de-pend on placing the transaxle in "P" to keepthe car from moving.

o Exercise extreme caution when driving on aslippery surface. Be especially careful whenbraking, accelerating or shifting gears. On aslippery surface, an abrupt change in vehiclespeed can cause the drive wheels to losetraction and the vehicle to go out of control.

WARNING:o Avoid high cornering speeds.o Do not make quick steering wheel move-

ments, such as sharp lane changes orfast, sharp turns.

o Always wear your seat belts.In a collision crash, un unbelted personis significantly more likely to die than aperson wearing a seatbelt.

o The risk of rollover is greatly increasedif you lose control of your vehicle athighway speeds.

o Loss of control often occurs if two ormore wheels drop off the roadway andthe driver oversteers to reenter the road-way.

o In the event your vehicle leaves theroadway, do not steer sharply. Instead,slow down before pulling back into thetravel lanes.

o Never exceed posted speed limits.

!

!

C130A01A-AAT

WARNING:Nothing should be carried on top of theshelf panel behind the rear seat. If therewere an accident or a sudden stop, suchobjects could move forward and causedamage to the vehicle or injure the occu-pants.

o After being parked, check to be sure theparking brake is not engaged and that theparking brake indicator light is out beforedriving away.

o Driving through water may get the brakeswet. They can also get wet when the car iswashed. Wet brakes can be dangerous! Yourcar will not stop as quickly if the brakes arewet. Wet brakes may cause the car to pull toone side. To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking action returns to nor-mal, taking care to keep the car under con-trol at all times. If the braking action does notreturn to normal, stop as soon as it is safe todo so and call your Hyundai dealer for assis-tance.

o Don't coast down hills with the car out ofgear. This is extremely hazardous. Keepthe car in gear at all times, use the brakesto slow down, then shift to a lower gear so

Page 117: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

11

2ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM

that engine braking will help you maintain asafe speed.

o Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Resting yourfoot on the brake pedal while driving can bedangerous because it can result in the brakesoverheating and losing their effectiveness. Italso increases the wear of the brake compo-nents.

o If a tire goes flat while you are driving, applythe brakes gently and keep the car pointedstraight ahead while you slow down. Whenyou are moving slowly enough for it to besafe to do so, pull off the road and stop in asafe place.

o If your car is equipped with an automatictransaxle, don't let your car creep forward.To avoid creeping forward, keep your footfirmly on the brake pedal when the car isstopped.

o Use caution when parking on a hill. Engagethe parking brake and place the gear selec-tor lever in "P" (automatic transaxle) or infirst or reverse gear (manual transaxle). Ifyour car is facing downhill, turn the frontwheels into the curb to help keep the carfrom rolling. If your car is facing uphill, turnthe front wheels away from the curb to helpkeep the car from rolling. If there is no curbor if it is required by other conditions to keepthe car from rolling, block the wheels.

o Under some conditions your parking brakecan freeze in the engaged position. This ismost likely to happen when there is anaccumulation of snow or ice around or nearthe rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. Ifthere is a risk that the parking brake mayfreeze, apply it only temporarily while youput the gear selector lever in "P" (automat-ic) or in first or reverse gear (manualtransaxle) and block the rear wheels so thecar cannot roll. Then release the parkingbrake.

o Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade withthe accelerator pedal. This can cause thetransaxle to overheat. Always use the brakepedal or parking brake.

C120A03A-AAT

(If Installed)

The Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) is de-signed to prevent wheel lock-up during sud-den braking or on hazardous road surfaces.The ABS control module monitors the wheelspeed and controls the pressure applied toeach brake. Thus, in emergency situations oron slick roads, ABS will increase vehicle con-trol during braking.

NOTE:A click sound may be heard in the enginecompartment when the vehicle begins tomove after the engine is started. Theseconditions are normal and indicate thatthe anti-lock brake system (Electronic Sta-bility Control) is functioning properly.During ABS operation, a slight pulsationmay be felt in the brake pedal when thebrakes are applied. Also, a noise may beheard in the engine compartment whilebraking. These conditions are normal andindicate that the anti-lock brake system isfunctioning properly.

Page 118: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

12 DRIVING FOR ECONOMY

! WARNING:ABS will not prevent accidents due toimproper or dangerous driving maneu-vers. Even though vehicle control is im-proved during emergency braking, alwaysmaintain a safe distance between you andobjects ahead. Vehicle speeds should al-ways be reduced during extreme roadconditions.The braking distance for cars equippedwith an anti-lock braking system may belonger than for those without it in thefollowing road conditions.During these conditions the veicle shouldbe driven at reduced speeds.

o Rough, gravel or snow-covered roads.o With tire chains installed.o On roads where the road surface is

pitted or has different surface height.

These roads should be driven at reducedspeeds. The safety features of an ABSequipped vehicle should not be tested byhigh speed driving or cornering. This couldendanger the safety of yourself or others.

C140A01A-AAT

You can save fuel and get more miles fromyour car if you follow these suggestions:

o Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moderaterate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruisingspeed. Don't race between stoplights. Try toadjust your speed to that of the other trafficso you don't have to change speeds unnec-essarily. Avoid heavy traffic whenever possi-ble. Always maintain a safe distance fromother vehicles so you can avoid unneces-sary braking. This also reduces brake wear.

o Drive at a moderate speed. The faster youdrive, the more fuel your car uses. Driving ata moderate speed, especially on the high-way, is one of the most effective ways toreduce fuel consumption.

o Don't "ride" the brake or clutch pedal. Thiscan increase fuel consumption and also in-crease wear on these components. In addi-tion, driving with your foot resting on thebrake pedal may cause the brakes to over-heat, which reduces their effectiveness andmay lead to more serious consequences.

o Take care of your tires. Keep them inflated tothe recommended pressure. Incorrect infla-tion, either too much or too little, results inunnecessary tire wear. Check the tire pres-sures at least once a month.

o Be sure that the wheels are aligned cor-rectly. Improper alignment can result fromhitting curbs or driving too fast over irreg-ular surfaces. Poor alignment causes fastertire wear and may also result in otherproblems as well as greater fuel consump-tion.

o Keep your car in good condition. For betterfuel economy and reduced maintenancecosts, maintain your car in accordance withthe maintenance schedule in Section 5. Ifyou drive your car in severe conditions, morefrequent maintenance is required (see Sec-tion 5 for details).

o Keep your car clean. For maximum service,your Hyundai should be kept clean and freeof corrosive materials. It is especially impor-tant that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be allowed toaccumulate on the underside of the car. Thisextra weight can result in increased fuelconsumption and also contribute to corro-sion.

o Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessary weightin your car. Weight reduces fuel economy.

o Don't let the engine idle longer than neces-sary. If you are waiting (and not in traffic),turn off your engine and restart only whenyou're ready to go.

Page 119: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

13

2

o Remember, your Hyundai does not requireextended warm-up. As soon as the engineis running smoothly, you can drive away. Invery cold weather, however, give your en-gine a slightly longer warm-up period.

o Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine. Lug-ging is driving too slowly in too high a gearresulting in the engine bucking. If this hap-pens, shift to a lower gear. Over-revving isracing the engine beyond its safe limit. Thiscan be avoided by shifting at the recom-mended speeds.

o Use your air conditioning sparingly. The airconditioning system is operated by enginepower so your fuel economy is reducedwhen you use it.

WINTER DRIVINGSMOOTH CORNERING

C160A01A-AAT

The more severe weather conditions of winterresult in greater wear and other problems. Tominimize the problems of winter driving, youshould follow these suggestions:

C160B01A-AAT

Snowy or Icy Conditions

To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may benecessary to use snow tires or to install tirechains on your tires. If snow tires are needed, itis necessary to select tires equivalent in sizeand type to the original equipment tires. Failureto do so may adversely affect the safety andhandling of your car. Furthermore, speeding,rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications,and sharp turns are potentially very hazardouspractices.During deceleration, use engine braking to thefullest extent. Sudden brake applications onsnowy or icy roads may cause skids to occur.You need to keep sufficient distance betweenthe vehicle in operation in front and your vehicle.Also, apply the brake gently. It should be notedthat installing tire chains on the tire will providea greater driving force, but will not prevent sideskids.

NOTE:Tire chains are not legal in all states. Checkstate laws before fitting tire chains.

C150A01A-AAT

Avoid braking or gear changing in corners,especially when roads are wet. Ideally, cor-ners should always be taken under gentleacceleration. If you follow these suggestions,tire wear will be held to a minimum.

Page 120: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

14

C160D01A-AAT

Check Battery and Cables

Winter puts additional burdens on the batterysystem. Visually inspect the battery and cablesas described in Section 6. The level of charge inyour battery can be checked by your Hyundaidealer or a service station.

C160E01A-AAT

Change to "Winter Weight" Oil ifNecessary

In some climates it is recommended that a lowerviscosity "winter weight" oil be used during coldweather. See Section 9 for recommendations. Ifyou aren't sure what weight oil you should use,consult your Hyundai dealer.

C160C01A-AAT

Use High Quality Ethylene GlycolCoolant

Your Hyundai is delivered with high quality eth-ylene glycol coolant in the cooling system. It isthe only type of coolant that should be usedbecause it helps prevent corrosion in the coolingsystem, lubricates the water pump and preventsfreezing. Be sure to replace or replenish yourcoolant in accordance with the maintenanceschedule in Section 5. Before winter, have yourcoolant tested to assure that its freezing point issufficient for the temperatures anticipated dur-ing the winter.

C160H01A-AAT

Use Approved Anti-Freeze in WindowWasher System

To keep the water in the window washer systemfrom freezing, add an approved anti-freeze so-lution in accordance with instructions on thecontainer. Window washer anti-freeze is avail-able from Hyundai dealers and most auto partsoutlets. Do not use engine coolant or other typesof anti-freeze as these may damage the finish.

C160F01A-AAT

Check Spark Plugs and IgnitionSystem

Inspect your spark plugs as described in Sec-tion 6 and replace them if necessary. Alsocheck all ignition wiring and components to besure they are not cracked, worn or damaged inany way.

C160G01A-AAT

To Keep Locks from Freezing

To keep the locks from freezing, squirt an ap-proved de-icer fluid or glycerine into the keyopening. If a lock is covered with ice, squirt itwith an approved de-icing fluid to remove theice. If the lock is frozen internally, you may beable to thaw it out by using a heated key. Handlethe heated key with care to avoid injury.

Page 121: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

15

2HIGHER SPEED MOTORING

C160I01A-AAT

Don't Let Your Parking Brake Freeze

Under some conditions your parking brake canfreeze in the engaged position. This is mostlikely to happen when there is an accumulationof snow or ice around or near the rear brakes orif the brakes are wet. If you think the parkingbrake may freeze, apply it only temporarily whileyou put the gear selector lever in "P" (automatic)or in first or reverse gear (manual transaxle) andblock the rear wheels so the car cannot roll.Then release the parking brake.

C160K01A-AAT

Carry Emergency Equipment

Depending on the severity of the weather whereyou drive your car, you should carry appropriateemergency equipment. Some of the items youmay want to carry include tire chains, tow strapsor chains, flashlight, emergency flares, sand, ashovel, jumper cables, a window scraper, gloves,ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.

C160J01A-AAT

Don't Let Ice and Snow AccumulateUnderneath

Under some conditions, snow and ice can buildup under the fenders and interfere with thesteering. When driving in severe winter condi-tions where this may happen, you should peri-odically check underneath the car to be sure themovement of the front wheels and the steeringcomponents is not obstructed.

C170A01A-AAT

Pre-Trip Inspections

1. Tires:Adjust the tire inflation pressures for highwaydriving. Low tire inflation pressures will result inoverheating and possible failure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tires which mayresult in reduced traction or tire failure.

NOTE:Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pres-sure shown on the tires.

2. Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil:High speed travel consumes more fuel thanurban motoring. Do not forget to check bothengine coolant and engine oil.

3. Drive belt:A loose or damaged drive belt may result inoverheating of the engine.

Page 122: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

16 TRAILER TOWINGUSE OF LIGHTS

C190A01A-AAT

Your Hyundai should not be used to tow atrailer. It is designed to be compact and lightfor good fuel economy, and is not designed asa trailer-towing vehicle. Damages or malfunc-tions caused by towing may not be covered bythe limited warranties applying to your Hyundai.Damages or malfunctions that result from tow-ing a trailer for commercial purposes are specifi-cally not covered by Hyundai limited warranties.

C180A01A-AAT

Check your lights regularly for correct opera-tion and always keep them clean. When driv-ing during the day in conditions of poor visibil-ity, it is helpful to drive with headlights on lowbeam. This enables you to be seen as well asto see.

C190A02A

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

C190F02JM-AAT

Tire and Loading Information Label

The tire label located on the driver'sside of the center pillar outer panelgives the original tire size, cold tirepressures recommended for your ve-hicle, the number of people that can bein your vehicle and vehicle capacityweight.

I030A01LC-1

I030A01LC-2

Page 123: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

17

2

Vehicle capacity weight:880 lbs (400 kg)Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-mum combined weight of occupantsand cargo. If your vehicle is equippedwith a trailer, the combined weightincludes the tongue load.

Seating capacity:Total: 5 persons

(Front seat: 2 persons,Rear seat: 3 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximum num-ber of occupants including a driver,your vehicle may carry.However the seating capacity may bereduced based upon the weight of allof the occupants, and the weight of thecargo being carried or towed. Do notoverload the vehicle as there is a limitto the total weight, or load limit includ-ing occupants and cargo, the vehiclecan carry.

Towing capacity:Towing capacity is the maximum trailerweight including its cargo weight, yourvehicle can tow. See the section"Trailer or Vehicle Towing" for specifi-cations about the trailer weight.

Cargo capacity:The cargo capacity of your vehicle willincrease or decrease depending on theweight and the number of occupantsand the tongue load, if your vehicle isequipped with a trailer.

Steps for Determining Correct LoadLimit(1)Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants and cargoshould never exceed XXX pounds''on your vehicle's placard.

(2)Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

(3)Subtract the combined weight of thedriver and passengers from XXXkilograms or XXX pounds.

(4)The resulting figure equals the avail-able amount of cargo and luggageload capacity. For example, if the"XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs, andthere will be five 150 lb. passengersin your vehicle, the amount of avail-able cargo and luggage load capac-ity is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

(5)Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded onthe vehicle. That weight may notsafely exceed the available cargoand luggage load capacity calcu-lated in Step 4.

(6)If your vehicle will be towing a trailer,load from your trailer will be trans-ferred to your vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine how this re-duces the available cargo and lug-gage load capacity of your vehicle.

Page 124: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

18

C190F02JM C190F03JM

Total

1400 lbs

(640 kg)

860 lbs

(390 kg)

540 lbs

(250 kg)

Example 2

Item

A

B

C

Description

Vehicle Capacity Weight

Subtract Occupant Weight

172 lbs (78 kg) x 5

Available Cargo Weight

Total

1400 lbs

(640 kg)

750 lbs

(350 kg)

650 lbs

(290 kg)

Item

A

B

C

Description

Vehicle Capacity Weight

Subtract Occupant Weight

150 lbs (70 kg) x 5

Available Cargo and

Luggage Weight

Example 3

A B C A B C

C190F01JM

Total

1400 lbs

(640 kg)

300 lbs

(140 kg)

1100 lbs

(500 kg)

Example 1

Item

A

B

C

Description

Vehicle Capacity Weight

Subtract Occupant Weight

150 lbs (70 kg) × 2

Available Cargo and

Luggage weight

A B C

Page 125: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

19

2

Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loadinginformation label for specific informa-tion about your vehicle’s capacityweight and seating positions. The com-bined weight of the driver, passengersand cargo should never exceed yourvehicle’s capacity weight.

!The label shows the maximum allow-able weight of the fully loaded vehicle.This is called the GVWR (Gross Ve-hicle Weight Rating). The GVWR in-cludes the weight of the vehicle, alloccupants, fuel and cargo.

This label also tells you the maximumweights that can be supported by thefront and rear axles, called Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR). To find out theactual loads on your front and rearaxles, you need to go to a weighstation and weigh your vehicle. Yourdealer can help you with this. Be sureto spread out your load equally on bothsides of the centerline.

WARNING:o Never exceed the GVWR for your

vehicle, the GAWR for either thefront or rear axle and vehicle ca-pacity weight. Exceeding theseratings can cause an accident orvehicle damage. You can calcu-late the weight of your load byweighing the items (or people)before putting them in the ve-hicle. Be careful not to overloadyour vehicle.

o Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR, either themaximum front or rear GAWR andvehicle capacity weight. If youdo, parts, including tires on yourvehicle can break, and it canchange the way your vehiclehandles and braking ability. Thiscould cause you to lose controland crash. Also, overloading canshorten the life of your vehicle.

C190G03JM-AAT

Compliance Label

The compliance label is located on thedriver's side of the center piller outerpanel.

C190G01JM

Page 126: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

20

! !WARNING:

Items you carry inside your vehiclecan strike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in a crash.

o Put things in the cargo area ofyour vehicle. Try to spread theweight evenly.

o Never stack items, like suitcases,inside the vehicle above the topsof the seats.

o Do not leave an unsecured childrestraint in your vehicle.

o When you carry something in-side the vehicle, secure it.

o Do not drive with a seat foldeddown unless necessary.

WARNING:o Overloading your vehicle can

cause heat buildup in yourvehicle's tires and possible tirefailure that could lead to a crash.

o Overloading your vehicle cancause increased stopping dis-tances that could lead to a crash.

o A crash resulting from poor han-dling vehicle damage, tire failure,or increased stopping dis-tances could result in seriousinjury or death.

The label will help you decide howmuch cargo and installed equipmentyour vehicle can carry.

If you carry items inside your vehicle– like suitcases, tools, packages, oranything else – they more as fast asthe vehicle goes. If you have to stop orturn quickly, or if there is a crash, theitems will keep going and can causean injury if they strikes the driver or apassenger.

Page 127: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

If the Engine Will Not Start .......................................... 3-2Jump Starting ............................................................... 3-3If the Engine Overheats............................................... 3-4Spare Tire ..................................................................... 3-5If You Have a Flat Tire ................................................ 3-6Changing a Flat Tire .................................................... 3-7If Your Car Must Be Towed ...................................... 3-12Emergency Towing..................................................... 3-14If You Lose Your Keys .............................................. 3-14

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

33

Page 128: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

32

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

!

D010B02A-AAT

If Engine Doesn't Turn Over or TurnsOver Slowly

D010A01A-AAT D010C01A-AAT

If Engine Turns Over Normally but DoesNot Start

1. Check fuel level.2. With the key in the "OFF" position, check all

connectors at ignition coil and spark plugs.Reconnect any that may be disconnected orloose.

3. Check the fuel line in the engine room.4. If the engine still refuses to start, call a

Hyundai dealer or seek other qualified assis-tance.

WARNING:If the engine will not start, do not push orpull the car to start it. This could result in acollision or cause other damage. In addition,push or pull starting may cause the catalyticconverter to be overloaded and create a firehazard.

D010B01A D010C01A-D

1. If your car has an automatic transaxle, besure the gear selector lever is in "N" or "P"and the emergency brake is set.

2. Check the battery connections to be surethey are clean and tight.

3. Turn on the interior light. If the light dims orgoes out when you operate the starter, thebattery is discharged.

4. Check the starter connections to be surethey are securely tightened.

5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. Seeinstructions for "Jump Starting".

Page 129: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

3WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3JUMP STARTING

D010D01A-AAT

If the Engine Stalls While Driving

1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping astraight line. Move cautiously off the road toa safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.3. Try to start the engine again. If your vehicle

will not start, contact a Hyundai dealer orseek other qualified assistance.

!

D020A02A-AAT

WARNING:The gas produced by the battery during thejump-start operation is highly explosive. Ifthese instructions are not followed exactly,serious personal injury and damage to thevehicle may occur! If you are not sure how tofollow this procedure, seek qualified assis-tance. Automobile batteries contain sulfuricacid. This is poisonous and highly corrosive.When jump starting, wear protective glassesand be careful not to get acid on yourself,your clothing or on the car.

Dischargedbattery

Boosterbattery HLC4001

o If you should accidentally get acid on yourskin or in your eyes, immediately removeany contaminated clothing and flush the areawith clear water for at least 15 minutes. Thenpromptly obtain medical attention. If you mustbe transported to an emergency facility, con-tinue to apply water to the affected area witha sponge or cloth.

o The gas produced by the battery during thejump-start operation is highly explosive. Donot smoke or allow a spark or open flame inthe vicinity.

o The battery being used to provide the jumpstart must be 12-volt. If you cannot deter-mine that it is a 12-volt battery, do not at-tempt to use it for the jump start.

o To jump start a car with a discharged battery,follow this procedure exactly:

1. If the booster battery is installed in anothervehicle, be sure the two vehicles are nottouching.

2. Turn off all unnecessary lights and acces-sories in both vehicles.

3. Attach the clamps of the jumper cable in theexact location shown on the previous page.First, attach one clamp of the jumper cable tothe positive (+) post or cable of the dis-charged battery. Then attach the other endof the same cable to the positive (+) post orcable of the booster battery. Next, using theother cable, attach one clamp to the nega-tive (-) post or cable of the booster battery.

Page 130: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

34

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS

!

! WARNING:While the engine is running, keep hands,long hair and clothing away from movingparts such as the fan and drive belts toprevent injury.

D030A02A-AAT

If your temperature gauge indicates overheat-ing, you experience a loss of power, or hear loudpinging or knocking, the engine is probably toohot. If this happens, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safeto do so.

2. Place the gear selector lever in "P" (auto-matic), or neutral (manual transaxle) and setthe parking brake. If the air conditioner is on,turn it off.

3. If coolant is running out under the car orsteam is coming out from the hood, stop theengine. Do not open the hood until the cool-ant has stopped running or the steaming hasstopped. If there is no visible loss of coolantand no steam, leave the engine running andcheck to be sure the engine cooling fan isoperating. If the fan is not running, turn theengine off.

4. Check to see if the water pump drive belt ismissing. If it is not missing, check to see thatit is tight. If the drive belt seems to besatisfactory, check for coolant leaking fromthe radiator, hoses or under the car. (If the airconditioner had been in use, it is normal forcold water to be draining from it when youstop).

5. If the water pump drive belt is broken orcoolant is leaking out, stop the engine im-mediately and call the nearest Hyundai deal-er for assistance.

WARNING:Do not remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. This may allow coolant to beblown out of the opening and cause seriousburns.

6. If you cannot find the cause of the overheat-ing, wait until the engine temperature hasreturned to normal. Then, if coolant has beenlost, carefully add water to the reservoir(Page 6-7) to bring the fluid level in thereservoir up to the halfway mark.

7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for fur-ther signs of overheating. If overheating hap-pens again, call a Hyundai dealer for assis-tance.

Then attach the other end of that cable to asolid metal part of the engine away from thebattery. Do not connect the cable to anymoving part.

4. Start the engine in the car with the boosterbattery and let it run for a few minutes. Thiswill help to assure that the booster battery isfully charged. During the jumping operation,run the engine in this vehicle at about 2000rpm.

5. Start the engine in the car with the dis-charged battery using the normal startingprocedure. After the engine starts, leave thejumper cables connected and let the enginerun at fast idle or about 2000 rpm for severalminutes.

6. Carefully remove the jumper cables in thereverse order of attachment.

If you do not know why your battery becamedischarged (because the lights were left on,etc.), have the charging system checked byyour Hyundai dealer.

Page 131: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

3WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

5SPARE TIRE

Spare Tire Pressure

D040A01A-AAT

The following instructions for the tem-porary spare tire should be observed:

1. Check inflation pressure as soonas is practical after installing thespare tire, and adjust to the speci-fied pressure. The tire pressureshould be periodically checked andmaintained at the specified pres-sure while the tire is stored.

!

Tire Size

Inflation Pressure

T105/70D(R)14

60 psi (420 kPa)

CAUTION:Serious loss of coolant indicates there is aleak in the cooling system and this shouldbe checked as soon as possible by a Hyundaidealer.

3. Continuous use at speeds of over50 mph (80 km/h) is not recom-mended.

4. As the temporary spare tire is spe-cifically designed for your car, itshould not be used on any othervehicle.

5. The temporary spare tire shouldnot be used on any other wheels,nor should standard tires, snowtires, wheel covers or trim rings beused with the temporary sparewheel. If such use is attempted,damage to these items or other carcomponents may occur.

6. The temporary spare tire pressureshould be checked once a monthwhile the tire is stored.

2. The spare tire should only be usedtemporarily and should be returnedto the luggage compartment assoon as the original tire can berepaired or replaced.

Page 132: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

36

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

D040B01A-AAT

Handling the Spare Tire

Remove the installation bolt to re-move the spare tire. To replace thespare tire in its storage compartment,tighten the bolt firmly with your fin-gers until there is no more play in thespare tire.

HLC4011

D050A01A-AAT

If a tire goes flat while you are driving:

1. Take your foot off the acceleratorpedal and let the car slow downwhile driving straight ahead. Do notapply the brakes immediately orattempt to pull off the road as thismay cause a loss of control. Whenthe car has slowed to such a speedthat it is safe to do so, brake care-fully and pull off the road. Drive offthe road as far as possible andpark on firm, level ground. If youare on a divided highway, do notpark in the median area betweenthe two traffic lanes.

2. When the car is stopped, turn onyour emergency hazard flashers,set the parking brake and put thetransaxle in "P" (automatic) or re-verse (manual transaxle).

CAUTION:o Do not use snow chains with

your temporary spare tire.o Do not use more than one tem-

porary spare tire at a time.o Do not tow a trailer while the

temporary spare tire is installed.

!

Page 133: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

3WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

7CHANGING A FLAT TIRE

D060A01A-AAT

The procedure described on the fol-lowing pages can be used to rotatetires as well as to change a flat tire.When preparing to change a flat tire,check to be sure the gear selectorlever is in "P" (automatic) or reversegear (manual transaxle) and that theparking brake is set, then:

D060A01A

3. Have all passengers get out of thecar. Be sure they all get out on theside of the car that is away fromtraffic.

4. Change the tire following the in-structions provided on the follow-ing pages.

D060K01A-AAT

Wheel Cap (If Installed)

1. Wrap a piece of cloth around thetip of the wrench bar to avoidscratching.

2. Insert the wrench bar into the notchof the wheel cap and pry gently toremove the wheel cap.

3. Change the flat tire.

HLC4009-1

Notch

Page 134: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

38

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

HTB156

Flat tire

Block the wheel that is diagonallyopposite from the flat to keep thevehicle from rolling when the car israised on the jack.

D060C01A-AAT

2. Block the Wheel

4. Reinstall the wheel cap by fittingthe boss of the wheel cap in thenotch of the wheel, hitting the cen-ter of the wheel cap with yourhand.

HLC4010

Remove the spare tire and removethe jack and tool bag from the trunk.

NOTE:The jack is located beneath theluggage mat in the vehicle trunk.

D060B01E-AAT

1. Obtain Spare Tire and Tool

D060B01A

Page 135: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

3WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

9

D060E01A-AAT

4. Put the Jack in Place

The base of the jack should be placedon firm, level ground. The jack shouldbe positioned as shown in the draw-ing.

D060E03A

D060D01A-AAT

3. Loosen Wheel Nuts

The wheel nuts should be loosenedslightly before raising the car. Toloosen the nuts, turn the wrenchhandle counterclockwise. When do-ing this, be sure that the socket isseated completely over the nut so itcannot slip off. For maximum lever-age, position the wrench so the handleis to the right as shown in the draw-ing. Then, while holding the wrenchnear the end of the handle, pull up onit with steady pressure. Do not re-

HLC4007

move the nuts at this time. Just loosenthem about one-half turn.

D060F02E-AAT

5. Raising the Car

After inserting a wrench bar into thewheel nut wrench, install the wrenchbar into the jack as shown in thedrawing. To raise the vehicle, turn thewheel nut wrench clockwise. As thejack begins to raise the vehicle, doublecheck that it is properly positionedand will not slip. If the jack is on softground or sand, place a board, brick,flat stone or other object under thebase of the jack to keep it from sink-ing.

Wrench bar

Wheel nut wrenchHFC4022

Page 136: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

310

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

!

Raise the car high enough so that thefully inflated spare tire can be in-stalled. To do this, you will need moreground clearance than is required toremove the flat tire.

D060G02Y-AAT

6. Changing Wheels

Loosen the wheel nuts and removethem with your fingers. Slide the wheeloff the studs and lay it flat so it cannotroll away. To put the wheel on thehub, pick up the spare tire, line up theholes with the studs and slide thewheel onto them. If this is difficult, tipthe wheel slightly and get the top holein the wheel lined up with the topstud. Then jiggle the wheel back andforth until the wheel can be slid overthe other studs.

D060G01A

WARNING:Do not get under the car when it issupported by the jack! This is verydangerous as the vehicle couldfall and cause serious injury ordeath. No one should stay in thecar while the jack is being used.

!WARNING:

Wheels and wheel covers may havesharp edges. Handle them care-fully to avoid possible severe in-jury.Before putting the wheel into place,be sure that there is nothing onthe hub or wheel (such as mud,tar, gravel, etc.) that interferes withthe wheel fitting solidly againstthe hub. If there is, remove it.

D060G02A

Page 137: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

3WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

11

D060H02A-AAT

7. Re-install Wheel Nuts

To reinstall the wheel cover, hold it onthe studs, put the wheel nuts on thestuds and tighten them finger tight.The nuts should be installed with theirsmall diameter ends directed inward.Jiggle the tire to be sure it is com-pletely seated, then tighten the nutsas much as possible with your fingersagain.

D060H01A

If there is not good contact on themounting surface between thewheel and hub, the wheel nutscould loosen and cause the lossof a wheel. Loss of a wheel mayresult in loss of control of thevehicle. This may cause seriousinjury or death.

D060I01E-GAT

8. Lower Vehicle and Tighten Nuts

Lower the car to the ground by turn-ing the wheel nut wrench counter-clockwise. Then position the wrenchas shown in the drawing and tightenthe wheel nuts. Be sure the socket isseated completely over the nut. Donot stand on the wrench or use anextension pipe over the wrenchhandle.Go around the wheel tightening everyother nut until they are all tight. Thendouble-check each nut for tightness.

HLC4008

Page 138: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

312

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

IF YOUR CAR MUST BE TOWED

D060J01E-AAT

After Changing Wheels

If you have a tire gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.

D080A01A-AAT

CAUTION:Your car can be damaged if towed incor-rectly!

HLC4012

If your car has to be towed, it should be done byyour Hyundai dealer or a commercial tow truckservice. This will help assure that your car is notdamaged in towing. Also, professionals are gen-erally aware of state and local laws governingtowing. In any case, rather than risk damage toyour car, it is suggested that you show thisinformation to the tow truck operator. Be surethat a safety chain system is used and that allstate and local laws are observed.

D080A01A

o OK FOR AUTOMATIC OR MANUALTRANSAXLE EQUIPPED VEHICLE

!

After changing wheels, have a techni-cian tighten the wheel nuts to theirproper torque as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

Steel wheel & aluminium alloy wheel:65-80 lb.ft (900-1,100 kg.cm)

If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearestservice station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjustit until it is correct. Always reinstallthe valve cap after checking or ad-justing tire pressure. If the cap is notreplaced, air may leak from the tire. Ifyou lose a valve cap, buy anotherand install it as soon as possible.After you have changed wheels, al-ways secure the flat tire in its place inthe trunk and return the jack and toolsto their proper storage locations.

Page 139: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

3WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

13

D080B01A-AAT

TOWING A CAR WITH MANUALTRANSAXLE

o If the car is being towed with the rear wheelson the ground, be sure the parking brake isreleased.

o If the car is being towed with the front wheelson the ground, be sure that the transaxle isin neutral. Also, be sure that the ignition keyis in the "ACC" position. This is necessary toprevent damage to the steering lock mecha-nism, which is not designed to hold the frontwheels straight while the car is being towed.

o If any of the loaded wheels or suspensioncomponents are damaged, a towing dollymust be used.

D080B01A

o OK FOR AUTOMATIC OR MANUALTRANSAXLE EQUIPPED VEHICLEWITH NO DAMAGE

D080C02A-AAT

TOWING A CAR WITH AUTOMATICTRANSAXLE

CAUTION:A car with an automatic transaxle shouldnever be towed from the rear with the frontwheels on the ground. This can cause seri-ous damage to the transaxle. If the car mustbe towed from the rear, a towing dolly mustbe used under the front wheels.

o NOT OK FOR AUTOMATICTRANSAXLE EQUIPPED VEHICLE

o OK FOR MANUAL TRANSAXLE

D080C01A

o If the car is being towed with the rear wheelson the ground, be sure the parking brake isreleased.

!

NOTE:Before towing, check the level of the tran-saxle fluid. If it is below the "HOT" range onthe dipstick, add fluid. If you cannot addfluid, a towing dolly must be used as de-scribed above.

D080C02A

o OK FOR AUTOMATIC OR MANUALTRANSAXLE EQUIPPED VEHICLE

Page 140: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

314

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

IF YOU LOSE YOUR KEYS

D120A01A-AAT

If you lose your keys, many Hyundai dealerscan make you a new key if you have your keynumber.If you lock the keys inside your car and youcannot obtain a new key, many Hyundai dealerscan use special tools to open the door for you.

CAUTION:If the car is being towed with all four wheelson the ground, it can be towed only from thefront. Be sure that the transaxle is in neutral.Do not tow at speeds greater than 30 mph(50 km/h) and for more than 15 miles (25 km).Be sure the steering is unlocked by placingthe key in the "ACC" position. A driver mustbe in the towed vehicle to operate the steer-ing and brakes.

!D080D03A-AAT

EMERGENCY TOWING

For emergency towing when no commercial towvehicle is available, attach a tow cable, chain orstrap to one of the towing hooks under the front/rear of your car. Do not attempt to tow yourvehicle in this manner on any unpaved surface.This may result in serious damage to your car.Nor should it be attempted if the wheels, drivetrain, axles, steering or brakes are damaged.Before towing, be sure the transaxle is in neutraland the key in "ACC" (with the engine off) or inthe "ON" position (with the engine running). Adriver must be in the towed car to steer it andoperate the brakes.

HLC4014

Front

Rear

Page 141: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

CORROSION PREVENTION &APPEARANCE CARE

4Corrosion Protection .................................................... 4-2To Help Prevent Corrosion .......................................... 4-2Washing and Waxing ................................................... 4-3Cleaning the Interior .................................................... 4-5

4

Page 142: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

44 CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

2 TO HELP PREVENT CORROSIONCORROSION PROTECTION

E010B01A-AAT

Common Causes of Corrosion

The most common causes of corrosion on yourcar are:

o Road salt, dirt and moisture that is allowed toaccumulate underneath the car.

o Removal of paint or protective coatings bystones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapesand dents which leave unprotected metalexposed to corrosion.

E010A01A-AAT

Protecting Your Hyundai from Corro-sionBy using the most advanced design and con-struction practices to combat corrosion, Hyundaiproduces cars of the highest quality. However,this is only part of the job. To achieve the longterm corrosion resistance your Hyundai candeliver, the owner's cooperation and assistanceis also required.

E010C01A-AAT

High-Corrosion Areas

If you live in an area where your car is regularlyexposed to corrosive materials, corrosion pro-tection is particularly important. Some of thecommon causes of accelerated corrosion areroad salts, dust control chemicals, ocean airand industrial pollution.

E010D01A-AAT

Moisture Breeds Corrosion

Moisture creates the conditions in which corro-sion is most likely to occur. For example, corro-sion is accelerated by high humidity, particularlywhen temperatures are just above freezing. Insuch conditions, the corrosive material is kept incontact with the car surfaces by moisture that isslow to evaporate.Mud is a particular enemy of corrosion protec-tion because it is slow to dry and holds moisturein contact with the vehicle. Even though the mudappears to be dry, it can still retain moisture andpromote corrosion.High temperatures can also accelerate corro-sion of parts that are not properly ventilated sothe moisture can be dispersed. For all thesereasons, it is particularly important to keep yourcar clean and free of mud or accumulations ofother materials. This applies not only on thevisible surfaces but particularly to the undersideof the car.

E020A01A-AAT

You can help prevent corrosion from gettingstarted by observing the following:

E020B01A-AAT

Keep Your Car Clean

The best way to prevent corrosion is to keepyour car clean and free of corrosive materials.Attention to the underside of the car is particu-larly important.

o If you live in a high-corrosion area — whereroad salts are used, near the ocean, areaswith industrial pollution, acid rain, etc.— youshould take extra care to prevent corrosion.In winter, hose off the underside of your carat least once a month and be sure to cleanthe underside thoroughly when winter is over.

o When cleaning underneath the car, give par-ticular attention to the components under thefenders and other areas that are hidden fromview. Do a thorough job; just dampening theaccumulated mud rather than washing it awaywill accelerate corrosion rather than preventit. Water under high pressure and steam areparticularly effective in removing accumulat-ed mud and corrosive materials.

Page 143: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

4CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE 4CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

3

E020C01A-AAT

Keep Your Garage Dry

Don't park your car in a damp, poorly ventilatedgarage. This creates a favorable environmentfor corrosion. This is particularly true if you washyour car in the garage or drive it into the garagewhen it is still wet or covered with snow, ice ormud. Even a heated garage can contribute tocorrosion unless it is well ventilated so moistureis dispersed.

E020D01A-AAT

Keep Paint and Trim in Good Condition

Scratches or chips in the finish should be cov-ered with "touch-up" paint as soon as possibleto reduce the possibility of corrosion. If baremetal is showing through, the attention of aqualified body and paint shop is recommended.

o When cleaning lower door panels, rockerpanels and frame members, be sure thatdrain holes are kept open so that moisturecan escape and not be trapped inside to ac-celerate corrosion.

WASHING AND WAXING

E030A01A-AAT

Washing Your Hyundai

Never wash your car when the surface is hotfrom being in the sun. Always wash your car inthe shade.

Wash your car frequently. Dirt is abrasive andcan scratch the paint if it is not removed. Airpollution or acid rain may damage the paint andtrim through chemical action if pollutants areallowed to remain in contact with the surface. Ifyou live near the ocean or in an area where roadsalts or dust control chemicals are used, youshould pay particular attention to the undersideof the car. Start by rinsing the car to removedust and loose dirt. In winter, or if you havedriven through mud or muddy water, be sure tothoroughly clean the underside as well. Use ahard direct stream of water to remove accumu-lations of mud or corrosive materials. Use agood quality car-washing solution and follow themanufacturer's directions on the package. Theseare available at your Hyundai dealer or autoparts outlet. Don't use strong household deter-gents, gasoline, strong solvents or abrasivecleaning powders as these may damage thefinish.

E020E01A-AAT

Don't Neglect the Interior

Moisture can collect under the floor mats andcarpeting to cause corrosion. Check under themats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry.Use particular care if you carry fertilizers, clean-ing materials or chemicals in the car.These should be carried only in proper contain-ers and any spills or leaks should be cleanedup, flushed with clear water and thoroughlydried.

Page 144: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

44 CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

4

Use a clean sponge or cloth, rinse it frequentlyand don't damage the finish by rubbing too hard.For stubborn spots, dampen them frequentlyand remove them a little at a time.

To clean whitewall tires, use a stiff brush orsoap-impregnated steel-wool scouring pad.

To clean plastic wheel covers, use a cleansponge or soft cloth and water.

To clean cast aluminum alloy wheels, use a mildsoap or neutral detergent. Do not use abrasivecleaners. Protect the bare-metal surfaces bycleaning, polishing and waxing. Because alumi-num is subject to corrosion, be sure to givealuminum alloy wheels special attention in win-ter. If you drive on salted roads, clean thewheels thoroughly afterwards.

After washing, be sure to rinse thoroughly. Ifsoapy water dries on the finish, streaking willresult.

When the weather is warm and the humidity low,you may find it necessary to rinse each sectionimmediately after washing to avoid streaking.

After rinsing, dry the car using a damp chamoisor soft, absorbent cloth. The reason for dryingthe car is to remove water from the car so it willdry without water spots. Don't rub, this candamage the finish.

If you find any nicks or scratches in the paint,use touch-up paint to cover them to preventcorrosion. To protect the paintwork of the caragainst corrosion, you must clean your Hyundai(at least once a month). Give special attentionto the removal of salt, mud and other substanc-es on the underside of the splashboards of thecar. Make sure that the outlets and the under-side of the doors are open. Paint damage can becaused by small accumulation of tar, industrialprecipitation, tree resin, insects and bird drop-pings, when not removed immediately.If water alone is not strong enough to removethe accumulated dirt, use a mild car washingsolution. Be sure to rinse the surface afterwashing to remove the solution. Never allow thesolution to dry on the painted surfaces.

E030B01A-AAT

Spot Cleaning

Don't use gasoline, strong solvents or corrosivecleaning agents. These can damage the finishof the car. To remove road tar, use turpentine ona clean, soft cloth. Be gentle.To remove dead insects or tree sap, use warmwater and mild soap or car-washing solution.Soak the spot and rub gently. If the paint haslost its luster, use a commercial car-cleaningpolish.

E030C01A-AAT

Polishing and Waxing

Always wash and dry the car before polishing orwaxing or using a combination cleaner and wax.Use a good quality commercial product andfollow the manufacturer's directions on the con-tainer. Polish and wax the bright trim pieces aswell as the paint.

Page 145: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

4CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE 4CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

5

E030D01A-AAT

When to Wax Again

You should polish and wax the car again whenwater no longer beads on a clean surface butspreads out over a larger area.

E030E01A-AAT

Maintaining Bumpers

Special precautions must be observed to pre-serve the appearance of the bumpers on yourHyundai. They are:

o Be careful not to spill battery electrolyte orhydraulic brake fluid on the bumpers. If youdo, wash it off immediately with clean water.

o Be gentle when cleaning the bumper sur-faces. They are made of soft plastic and thesurface can be damaged if mistreated. Donot use abrasive cleaners. Use warm waterand mild soap or car-washing solution.

o Do not expose the bumpers to high tem-peratures. For example, if you have yourcar repainted, do not leave the bumpers onthe car if the car is going to be placed in ahigh-temperature paint booth.

E040D01A-AAT

Cleaning the Seat Belts

To clean the seat belts, use a cloth or spongewith mild soap or detergent and warm water. Donot use strong detergents, dye, bleach or abra-sive materials on the seat belts as this mayweaken the fabric.While cleaning the belts, inspect them for ex-cessive wear, cuts, fraying or other signs ofdamage and replace them if necessary.

E040E01A-AAT

Cleaning the Windows

You may use any household window cleaner onthe windows. However, when cleaning the in-side of the rear window be careful not to damagethe rear window defroster wiring.

E040A01A-AAT

To Clean the Vinyl Upholstery

To clean the vinyl upholstery, first remove loosedirt and dust with a vacuum cleaner. Then applya solution of mild soap or detergent and waterusing a clean sponge or soft cloth. Allow this tostay on the surface to loosen the dirt, then wipewith a clean damp sponge or cloth. If all the dirtstains are not removed, repeat this procedureuntil the upholstery is clean. Do not use gaso-line, solvent, paint thinner or other strong clean-ers.

E040C01A-AAT

Cleaning the Carpets

Use a foam-type carpet cleaner. Cleaners ofthis type are available in aerosol cans in liquidform or powder. Read the instructions and followthem exactly. Using a vacuum cleaner with theappropriate attachment, remove as much dirtfrom the carpets as possible. Apply the foamfollowing the manufacturer's directions, thenrub in overlapping circles. Do not add water.These cleaners work best when the carpet iskept as dry as possible.

CLEANING THE INTERIOR

Page 146: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

44 CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

6 ANY QUESTIONS?

E050A01A-AAT

If you have any questions about the care of yourcar, consult your Hyundai dealer.

Page 147: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

Maintenance Intervals .................................................. 5-2Scheduled Maintenance .............................................. 5-4Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions .......... 5-6Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Items ........... 5-7

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5 5

Page 148: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

5 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

2 MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

F010B01A-AAT

Maintenance Requirements

The maintenance required for your Hyundai canbe divided into three main areas:

o Specified scheduled procedureso General checkso Do-it-yourself maintenance

F010A01A-AAT

Service Requirements

To ensure that you receive the greatest numberof miles of satisfying operation from yourHyundai, certain maintenance procedures mustbe performed. Although careful design and engi-neering have reduced these to a minimum,those that are required are of the utmost impor-tance.It is your responsibility to have these mainte-nance procedures performed to comply with theterms of the warranties covering your newHyundai. The Owner's Handbook supplied withyour new vehicle provides further informationabout these warranties.

F010D01A-AAT

General Checks

These are the regular checks you should per-form when you drive your Hyundai or you fill thefuel tank. A list of these items will be found onpage 6-3.

F010C01A-AAT

Specified Scheduled Procedures

These are the procedures such as inspections,adjustments and replacements that are listed inthe maintenance charts starting on page 5-4.These procedures must be performed at theintervals shown in the maintenance schedule toassure that your warranty remains in effect.Although it is strongly recommended that theybe performed by the factory-trained or distribu-tor-trained technicians at your Hyundai dealer,these procedures may be performed at anyqualified service facility.It is suggested that genuine Hyundai serviceparts be used for any required repairs or re-placements. Other parts of equivalent qualitysuch as engine oil, engine coolant, manual orauto transaxle oil, brake fluid and so on whichare not supplied by Hyundai Motor Company orits distributor may be used without affecting yourwarranty coverage but you should always besure these are equivalent to the quality of theoriginal Hyundai parts. Your Owner's Handbookprovides further information about your warrantycoverage.

F010E01A-AAT

Do-It-Yourself Maintenance

If you are mechanically inclined, own a few toolsthat are required and want to take the time to doso, you can inspect and service a number ofitems. For more information about doing it your-self, see Section 6.

Page 149: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

5VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

3SCHEDULED MAINTENANCEREQUIREMENTS

F020A02A-AAT

o Inspection should be performed any time amalfunction is experienced or suspected.

o Receipts for all emission control system ser-vices should be retained to demonstrate com-pliance with conditions of the emissions sys-tem warranty.

o After 120 months or 150,000 miles (240,000km), continue to follow the prescribed main-tenance intervals.

o For severe usage maintenance requirements,see page 5-6 of this section.

F010F01A-AAT

A Few Tips

o Whenever you have your Hyundai serviced,keep copies of the service records in yourglove box. This will help ensure that you candocument that the required procedures havebeen performed to keep your warranties ineffect. This is especially important when ser-vice is not performed by an authorizedHyundai dealer.

o If you choose to do your own maintenanceand repairs, you may find it helpful to havean official Hyundai Shop Manual. A copy ofthis publication may be purchased at yourHyundai dealer's parts department.

Page 150: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

5 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

4 SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

150

240

120

R

I

I

R

R

R

MILES X 1000

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

EMISSION CONTROL ITEMS

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

FUEL FILTER

FUEL LINES, FUEL HOSES AND CONNECTIONS

VACUUM AND CRANKCASE VENTILATION HOSES

VAPOR HOSE AND FUEL FILLER CAP

AIR CLEANER FILTER

FUEL TANK AIR FILTER

SPARK PLUGS

No. DESCRIPTION

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

7.5

12

6

R

15

24

12

R

I

22.5

36

18

R

30

48

24

R

I

I

R

R

R

37.5

60

30

R

45

72

36

R

I

52.5

84

42

R

R

I

60

96

48

R

I

I

R

R

R

67.5

108

54

R

75

120

60

R

I

82.5

132

66

R

90

144

72

R

I

I

R

R

R

97.5

156

78

R

105

168

84

R

R

I

I

112.5

180

90

R

120

192

96

R

I

I

R

R

R

127.5

204

102

R

135

216

108

R

I

142.5

228

114

R

F030B03A-AAT

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

F030A01A-AAT

The following maintenance services must be performed to assure good vehicle control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle services to protectyour warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.

Page 151: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

5VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5

GENERAL ITEMS

DRIVE BELT (WATER PUMP, ALTERNATOR AND A/CON)

COOLANT

TIMING BELT

MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID

BRAKE FLUID

BRAKE HOSES AND LINES

REAR BRAKE DRUMS/LININGS, PARKING BRAKE

BRAKE PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS

EXHAUST PIPE AND MUFFLER

SUSPENSION MOUNTING BOLTS

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/LOWER ARM

BALL JOINT

POWER STEERING PUMP, BELT AND HOSES

DRIVESHAFTS AND BOOTS

AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERANT

AIR CONDITIONER FILTER (For Evaporator and Blower unit)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

No. DESCRIPTION

MILES X 1000

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

7.5

12

6

15

24

12

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

22.5

36

18

30

48

24

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

37.5

60

30

45

72

36

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

52.5

84

42

60

96

48

I

R

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

67.5

108

54

75

120

60

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

82.5

132

66

90

144

72

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

97.5

156

78

105

168

84

R

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

112.5

180

90

120

192

96

I

R

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

127.5

204

102

135

216

108

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

142.5

228

114

150

240

120

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

See Note *2

Note :*1. FOR THE FIRST TIME, REPLACE THE COOLANT AT 60,000 MILES (100,000 KM) OR 60 MONTHS.

AFTER THAT, REPLACE IT EVERY 30,000 MILES (45,000 KM) OR 24 MONTHS.*2. FOR EVERY 12 MONTHS OR 12,000 MILES (20,000 KM), WHICHEVER OCCURS FIRST : "R"

F030C2A-AAT

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

See Note *1

Page 152: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

5 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

6

DRIVINGCONDITION

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

AIR CLEANER FILTER

SPARK PLUGS

BRAKE PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS

REAR BRAKE DRUMS/LININGS,

PARKING BRAKE

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE

& BOOTS/LOWER ARM BALL JOINT

DRIVESHAFTS AND BOOTS

MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID

AIR CONDITIONER FILTER

(For Evaporator and Blower unit)

R

R

R

I

I

I

I

R

R

R

MAINTENANCEOPERATION

MAINTENANCE ITEM

EVERY 3,000 MILES (4,800 KM) OR 3 MONTHS

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

EVERY 7,500 MILES (12,000 KM) OR 6 MONTHS

EVERY 60,000 MILES (96,000 KM)

EVERY 30,000 MILES (48,000 KM)

MORE FREQUENTLY

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS

A - Repeatly driving short distance of less than 5miles(8km) in normal temperature or less than 10miles(16km) in freezing temperature

B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distancesC - Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roadsD - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold

weather

E - Driving in sandy areasF - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F(32°C)G - Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roadH - Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rackI - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towingJ - Driving over 100 MPH(170 Km/h)K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

F040A08A-AAT

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriatemaintenance intervals.

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

A, B, C, F, G, H, I, K

C, E

B, H

C, D, G, H

C, D, G, H

C, D, E, F, G

C, E, F

A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I

A, C, E, F, G, H, I

C, E

Page 153: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

5VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

7EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULEDMAINTENANCE ITEMS

F060D01A-AAT

o Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses andConnections

Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec-tions for leakage and damage. Have a trainedtechincian, replace any damaged or leakingparts immediately.

F060C01A-AAT

o Fuel Filter

A clogged filter can limit the speed at which thevehicle may be driven, damage the emissionsystem and cause hard starting. If an excessiveamount of foreign matter accumulates in the fueltank, the filter may require replacement morefrequently.After installing a new filter, run the engine forseveral minutes, and check for leaks at theconnections.Fuel filters should be installed by trained techni-cians.

F060M01A-AAT

o Engine Oil and Filter

The engine oil and filter should be changed atthe intervals specified in the maintenance sched-ule. If the car is being driven in severe condi-tions, more frequent oil and filter changes arerequired.

F060H01A-AAT

o Air Cleaner Filter

A Genuine Hyundai air cleaner filter is recom-mended when the filter is replaced.

F060G01A-AAT

o Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler Cap

The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should beinspected at those intervals specified in themaintenance schedule. Make sure that a newvapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly re-placed.

F060F01A-AAT

o Vacuum, Crankcase VentilationHoses

Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence ofheat and/or mechanical damage. Hard and brittlerubber, cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, andexcessive swelling indicate deterioration. Par-ticular attention should be paid to examine thosehose surfaces nearest to high heat sources,such as the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assure that thehoses do not come in contact with any heatsource, sharp edges or moving component whichmight cause heat damage or mechanical wear.Inspect all hose connections, such as clampsand couplings, to make sure they are secure,and that no leaks are present. Hoses should bereplaced immediately if there is any evidence ofdeterioration or damage.

F060B01A-AAT

o Drive Belts

Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts,cracks, excessive wear or oil saturation andreplace if necessary. Drive belts should bechecked periodically for proper tension and ad-justed as necessary.

F060J01A-AAT

o Spark Plugs

Make sure to install new spark plugs of thecorrect heat range.

Page 154: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

5 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

8

F070H01A-AAT

o Rear Brake Drums/Linings,Parking Brake

Check the rear brake drums and linings forscoring, burning, leaking fluid, broken parts, andexcessive wear. Inspect the parking brake sys-tem including the parking brake lever and cables.For detailed service procedures, refer to theShop Manual.

F070F01A-AAT

o Brake Hoses and Lines

Visually check for proper installation, chafing,cracks, deterioration and any leakage. Replaceany deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.

F070G02A-AAT

o Brake Fluid

Check brake fluid level in the brake fluid reser-voir. The level should be between "MIN" and"MAX" marks on the side of the reservoir. Useonly hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3or DOT 4.

F070E06A-AAT

o Automatic Transaxle Fluid

The fluid level should be in the “HOT” range ofthe dipstick, after the engine and transaxle areat normal operating temperature. Check theautomatic transaxle fluid level with the enginerunning and the transaxle in neutral, with theparking brake properly applied. Use HYUNDAIGENUINE ATF SP III, DIAMOND ATF SP III,SKATF SP III or other brands meeting the SP IIIspecification approved by Hyundai Motor Co.when adding or changing fluid. Using the wrongATF may result in damage to the ATM.

F070K01A-AAT

o Exhaust Pipe and Muffler

Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler andhangers for cracks, deterioration, or damage.Start the engine and listen carefully for anyexhaust gas leakage. Tighten connections orreplace parts as necessary.

F070J01A-AAT

o Brake Pads, Calipers and Rotors

Check the pads for excessive wear, discs forrun out and wear, and calipers for fluid leakage.

F070D01A-AAT

o Manual Transaxle Oil

Inspect the manual transaxle oil according tothe maintenance schedule.

NOTE:If the oil level is low, check for possible leaksbefore adding oil. Do not overfill.

F060E01A-AAT

o Timing Belt

Inspect all parts related to the timing belt fordamage and deformation. Replace any dam-aged parts immediately.

F070C01A-AAT

o Coolant

The coolant should be changed at theintervals specified in the maintenance schedule.

Page 155: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

5VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

9

F070M01A-AAT

o Steering Gear Box, Linkage &Boots/Lower Arm Ball Joint

With the vehicle stopped and engine off, checkfor excessive free-play in the steering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or damage. Checkthe dust boots and ball joints for deterioration,cracks, or damage. Replace any damaged parts.

F070L01A-AAT

o Suspension Mounting Bolts

Check the suspension connections for loose-ness or damage. Retighten to the specifiedtorque.

F070Q01A-AAT

o Air Conditioning Refrigerant

Check the air conditioning lines and connec-tions for leakage and damage. Check air condi-tioning performance according to the relevantshop manual if necessary.

F070P01A-AAT

o Driveshafts and Boots

Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps forcracks, deterioration, or damage. Replace anydamaged parts and, if necessary, repack thegrease.

F070N01A-AAT

o Power Steering Pump, Belt andHoses

Check the power steering pump and hoses forleakage and damage. Replace any damaged orleaking parts immediately. Inspect the powersteering belt for evidence of cuts, cracks, ex-cessive wear, oiliness and proper tension. Re-place or adjust it if necessary.

Page 156: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

Engine Compartment.................................................... 6-2General Checks ............................................................ 6-3Checking the Engine Oil ............................................... 6-4Changing the Oil and Filter ........................................... 6-5Checking and Changing the Engine Coolant ............... 6-6Spark Plugs .................................................................. 6-8Changing the Air Cleaner Filter .................................. 6-10Checking the Transaxle Oil (manual) ......................... 6-11Checking the Transaxle Fluid (Automatic) ................. 6-12Checking the Brakes .................................................. 6-14Checking the Clutch Fluid .......................................... 6-15Air Conditioning Care ................................................. 6-15Changing the Air Conditioner Filter (For Evaporator and Blower Unit) .............................. 6-16Checking Drive Belts .................................................. 6-19Checking and Replacing Fuses ................................. 6-19Power Steering Fluid Level ........................................ 6-22Replacement of Bulbs ................................................ 6-25Bulb Wattages ............................................................ 6-31Fuse Panel Description .............................................. 6-32

Do-It-Yourself Maintenance

6 6

Page 157: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

2

6. Brake fluid reservoir7. Clutch fluid reservoir8. Air filter element9. Relay box10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir cap

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

G010C01A-GAT

(1.6 DOHC)

G010D01A-1

1. Engine coolant reservoir2. Power steering fluid reservoir (If Installed)3. Rocker cover4. Engine oil filler cap5. Brake booster

11. Engine oil level dipstick12. Radiator cap13. Automatic transaxle fluid level dipstick

(If Installed)14. Battery

1

CAUTION:When inspecting or ser-vicing the engine, youshould handle tools andother heavy objects care-fully so that the plasticrocker cover of the engineis not damaged.

!

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14

Page 158: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

3GENERAL CHECKS

G020C01A-AAT

Vehicle Interior

The following should be checked each timewhen the vehicle is driven:

o Light operationo Windshield wiper operationo Horn operationo Defroster, heater system operation (and air

conditioning, if installed)o Steering operation and conditiono Mirror condition and operationo Turn signal operationo Accelerator pedal operationo Brake operation, including parking brakeo Manual transaxle operation, including clutch

operationo Automatic transaxle operation, including

"Park" mechanism operationo Seat control condition and operationo Seat belt condition and operationo Sun visor operation

If you notice anything that does not operatecorrectly or appear to be functioning correctly,inspect it carefully and seek assistance fromyour Hyundai dealer if service is needed.

G020A01A-AAT

Engine Compartment

The following should be checked regularly:

o Engine oil level and conditiono Transaxle fluid level and conditiono Brake fluid levelo Clutch fluid levelo Engine coolant levelo Windshield washer fluid levelo Accessory drive belt conditiono Engine coolant hose conditiono Fluid leaks (on or below components)o Power steering fluid level and conditiono Battery Conditiono Air filter condition

G020B01A-AAT

Vehicle Exterior

The following should be checked monthly:

o Overall appearance and conditiono Wheel condition and wheel nut tightnesso Exhaust system conditiono Light condition and operationo Windshield glass conditiono Wiper blade conditiono Paint condition and body corrosiono Fluid leakso Door and hood lock conditiono Tire pressure and condition

(including spare tire)

Page 159: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

4 CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL

G030A01A-AAT

Engine oil is essential to the performance andservice of the engine. It is suggested that youcheck the oil level at least once a week innormal use and more often if you are on a trip ordriving in severe conditions.

G030C02A-AAT

To Check the Oil Level

Before checking the oil, warm up the engine tothe normal operating temperature and be sure itis parked on level ground. Turn the engine off.

Wait five minutes, then remove the dipstick,wipe it off, fully reinsert the dipstick and with-draw it again. Then note the highest level the oilhas reached on the dipstick. It should be be-tween the upper ("F") and lower ("L") range.

G030D01A-AAT

Adding Oil

If the oil level is close to or below the "L" mark,add oil until it reaches the "F" mark. To add oil:

1. Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counter-clockwise.

2. Add oil, then check the level again. Do notoverfill.

3. Replace the cap by turning it clockwise.

The distance between the "F" and "L" marks isequal to about 1 quart of oil.

G030C03A

G030D03A

G030B01O-AAT

Recommended Oil

The engine oil quality should meet the followingclassification.

API SJ, SL or ABOVE,ILSAC GF-3 or ABOVE

NOTE:o For good fuel economy, SAE 5W-20 (5W-

30), ILSAC GF-3 engine oil is preferredregardless of regional option and enginevariation.

G030B01JM-U

o If SAE 5W-20, ILSAC GF-3 engine oil isnot available, secondary recommendedengine oil for corresponding temperaturerange can be used.

Page 160: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

5CHANGING THE OIL AND FILTER

!

G040A03A-AAT 3. Slide underneath the car and loosen thedrain plug by turning it counterclockwise witha wrench of the proper size. Be sure that adrain pan is in position to catch the oil as itdrains out, then remove the drain plug.

F040A02TB

Oil filler cap

Drain plug

Oil filter ......

...

WARNING:Be very careful when draining the engine oilas it may be hot enough to burn you!

4. When the oil has stopped draining, replacethe drain plug using a new gasket and re-tighten by turning it clockwise.

Oil pan drain plug tightening torque:3.5 ~ 4.5 kgf.m

5. Remove the oil filter by turning it counter-clockwise with a oil filter wrench of the propersize. A certain amount of oil will come outwhen you remove the filter. So be sure tohave your drain pan in place underneath it.

6. Install a new oil filter in accordance with theinstructions on the carton or on the filteritself. Do not over-tighten (Tightening torque: 1.2 ~ 1.6 kgf.m).Be sure that the mounting surface on theengine is clean and that the old gasket isremoved completely. Lubricate the new gas-ket on the filter before installation with cleanengine oil.

7. Refill the crankcase with the recommendedengine oil. Refer to the specification in chap-ter 9 for engine oil capacity.

8. Start the engine and check to be sure no oilis leaking from the drain plug or oil filter.

9. Shut off the engine and recheck the oillevel.

NOTE:Always dispose of used engine oil in anenvironmentally acceptable manner. It is sug-gested that it be placed in a sealed containerand taken to a service station for reclama-tion. Do not pour the oil on the ground or putit in with the household trash.

The engine oil and filter should be changed atthose intervals specified in the maintenanceschedule in Section 5. If the car is being drivenin severe conditions, more frequent oil and filterchanges are required.

The procedure for changing the oil and filter isas follows:1. Park the car on level ground and set the

parking brake. Start the engine and let itwarm up until the needle on the temperaturegauge moves above the lowest mark. Turnthe engine off and place the gear selectorlever in "P" (automatic) or reverse gear(manual transaxle).

2. Open the hood and remove the engine oilfiller cap.

! PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:Used engine oil may cause irritation or can-cer of the skin if left in contact with the skinfor prolonged periods of time. Used engineoil contains chemicals that have caused can-cer in laboratory animals. Always protectyour skin by washing your hands thoroughlywith soap and warm water as soon as pos-sible after handling used oil.

Page 161: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6 CHECKING AND CHANGINGTHE ENGINE COOLANT

!

G050A01A-AAT G050B01A-AAT

Recommended Engine Coolant

Use a high quality ethylene-glycol coolant in a50/50 mix with water. The engine coolant shouldbe compatible with aluminum engine parts. Ad-ditional corrosion inhibitors or additives shouldnot be used. The cooling system must be main-tained with the correct concentration and type ofengine coolant to prevent freezing and corro-sion.Never allow the concentration of antifreeze toexceed the 60% level or go below the 35% levelor damage to the coolant system may result. Forproper concentration when adding or replacingthe coolant, refer to the following table.

WARNING:Do not remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. When the engine is hot, theengine coolant is under pressure and mayerupt through the opening if the cap is re-moved. You could be seriously burned if youdo not observe this precaution. Do not re-move the radiator cap until the radiator iscool to the touch.

Water

65%

60%

50%

40%

Antifreeze

solution

35%

40%

50%

60%

Ambient

temperature

°F (°C)

5 (-15)

-13 (-25)

-31 (-35)

-49 (-45)

Engine coolant

concentration

G050C01A-AAT

To Check the Coolant Level

The coolant level can be seen on the side of theplastic coolant reservoir. The level of the coolantshould be between the "L" and "F" lines on thereservoir when the engine is cool. If the level isbelow the "L" mark, add engine coolant to bringit up between "L" and "F". If the level is low,inspect for coolant leaks and recheck the fluidlevel frequently. If the level drops again, visityour Hyundai dealer for an inspection and diag-nosis of the reason.

HLC5005

Page 162: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

7

G050D02A-AAT

To Change the Coolant

The coolant should be changed at those inter-vals specified in the vehicle maintenance sched-ule in Section 5.

CAUTION:Engine coolant can damage the finish ofyour car. If you spill engine coolant on thecar, wash it off thoroughly with clean water.

1. Park the car on level ground, set the parkingbrake and remove the radiator cap whencool.

2. Be sure your drain receptacle is in place.Open the drain cock on the radiator. Allow allthe engine coolant to drain from the coolingsystem, then securely close the drain cock.

3. Check Section 9 for the capacity of thecooling system in your car. Then, followingthe manufacturer's directions on the enginecoolant container, add the appropriate quan-tity of coolant to the radiator.

!

4. Turn the radiator cap counterclockwise with-out pressing down on it, until it stops. Thisrelieves any pressure remaining in the cool-ing system. And remove the radiator cap bypushing down and turning counterclockwise.Now fill the radiator with clean demineralizedor distilled water. Continue to add cleandemineralized or distilled water in small quan-tities until the fluid level stays up in theradiator neck.

G050D01A G050D02A

5. Start the engine, top off the radiator withwater and then add engine coolant to thereservoir until the level is between "L" and"F".

6. Replace the radiator and reservoir caps andcheck to be sure the drain cocks are fullyclosed and not leaking.

Page 163: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

8 REPLACING THE SPARK PLUGS

G060B01A-AAT

G060A01L

0.039 ~ 0.043 in.(1.0 ~ 1.1 mm )

The spark plugs should be changed at theintervals specified in the vehicle maintenanceschedule in section 5, or whenever engine per-formance indicates they should be changed.Symptoms that suggest poor spark plug perfor-mance include engine misfiring under load, lossof fuel economy, poor acceleration, etc. Whenspark plugs are replaced, always use sparkplugs recommended by Hyundai. The use ofother spark plugs can result in loss of perfor-mance, radio interference or engine damage.

NOTE:When replacing the spark plugs, genuineHyundai replacement parts are recom-mended.

G060C01S-GAT

Changing the Spark Plugs

You will find it easier to change spark plugs if theengine is cold. Always change one spark plug ata time. This helps avoid getting the wires mixedup.

G060C01A-D

1. Remove the center cover on the enginerocker cover.

2. Using a clean cloth, remove any dirt that hasaccumulated around the base of the sparkplug so it cannot fall into the cylinder whenthe spark plug is removed.

Recommended Spark Plugs:CHAMPION : RC10YC4NGK : BKR5ES-11! WARNING:

The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-ant temperature and may sometimes operateeven when the engine is not running. Useextreme caution when working near theblades of the cooling fan so that you are notinjured by a rotating fan blade. As the enginecoolant temperature decreases, the fan willautomatically shut off. This is a normal con-dition.

Page 164: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

9

! WARNING:It is recommended that the engine be cool orcold when changing the spark plugs. If theengine is hot, you could burn yourself on theinsulated connector, the spark plug or theengine itself.

G060C02A-D

4. When preparing to remove the old sparkplug, guide the socket down over the sparkplug, being careful not to damage the ce-ramic insulator.

6. To install the new spark plug, guide thesocket down over the spark plug, being care-ful not to damage the ceramic insulator.

5. To remove the old spark plug, turn the wrenchhandle in a counterclockwise direction.

G060C03A-D

3. To remove the spark plug cable, pull straightup on the insulated connector, not the cable.Pulling on the cable may damage the carboncore conductor.

NOTE:Spark plugs should be tightened firmly. Over-tightening can damage the threads in thealuminum cylinder head. Also, leaving themtoo loose can cause the spark plugs to getvery hot and possibly result in damage to theengine.

7. Replace the cable by pushing the insulatedconnector directly down onto the electrode.Check to be sure it has snapped into placeand can't fall off.

G060C04A-D

Page 165: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

10 WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADESCHANGING THE AIR CLEANERFILTER

G080A02A-AAT

The wiper blades should be carefully inspectedfrom time to time and cleaned to remove accu-mulations of road film or other debris. To cleanthe wiper blades and arms, use a clean spongeor cloth with a mild soap or detergent and water.If the wipers continue to streak or smear theglass, replace them with genuine Hyundai re-placement parts or their equivalent.

HEF119

CAUTION:o Do not operate the wipers on dry glass.

This can result in more rapid wear of thewiper blades and may scratch the glass.

o Keep the blade rubber out of contact withpetroleum products such as engine oil,gasoline, etc.

!

G070A03Y-AAT

The replacement of air cleaner filter is per-formed in the following manner.

1. Unsnap the clips around the cover.2. When this is done, the cover can be lifted off,

the old filter removed and the new filter put inits place.

Genuine Hyundai replacement parts are recom-mended.

G070A01A

CAUTION:o Operating your vehicle without a proper

air filter in place can result in excessiveengine wear.

o When removing the air cleaner filter, becareful that dust or dirt does not enter theair intake. These may result in damage tothe air cleaner filter.

!

Page 166: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

11CHECKING THE TRANSAXLE OIL(MANUAL)

FILLING THE WASHER RESERVOIR

G090A01A-AAT

A good quality washer fluid should be used to fillthe washer reservoir. The fluid level should bechecked more frequently during inclement weath-er or whenever the washer system is in morefrequent use.The capacity of the washer reservoir is 3.2 U.S.quarts (3.0 Liters).

CAUTION:o Radiator anti-freeze (engine coolant)

should not be used in the washer systembecause it will damage the car's finish.

o The washer should not be operated if thewasher reservoir is empty. This can dam-age the washer fluid pump.

!

G100A03A-AAT

Transaxle lubricant in the manual transaxleshould be checked at those intervals specifiedin the vehicle maintenance schedule in Section5.

Recommended OilUse only HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS MTF75W/85 (API GL-4) or equivalent in the manualtransaxle.

Manual Transaxle Oil CapacityThe oil capacity of the manual transaxle is 2.27U.S. quarts (2.15 liters).

HLC5007 HXGS506

Drain plugFiller plug

! WARNING:It is always better to check the transaxle oillevel when the engine is cool or cold. If theengine is hot, you should exercise greatcaution to avoid burning yourself on hotengine or exhaust parts.

G100B02A-AAT

To check the Manual Transaxle FluidLevel

Park the car on level ground with the engine off.

G100B01L

Page 167: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

12 CHECKING THE TRANSAXLEFLUID (AUTOMATIC)

!

G110A01E-AAT

Transaxle fluid in the automatic transaxle shouldbe checked at those intervals specified in thevehicle maintenance schedule in Section 5.

NOTE:Automatic transaxle fluid is basically a redcolor. As driving distance increases, the fluidcolor turns darkish red gradually. It is anormal condition and you should not judgethe need to replace based upon the chang-ing color.You must replace the automatic transaxlefluid in accordance with intervals specifiedin the vehicle maintenance schedule in sec-tion 5.

G110C02A-AAT

Transaxle Fluid CapacityThe fluid capacity of the automatic transaxle is6.45 U.S. quarts (6.1 liters).

WARNING:The transaxle fluid level should be checkedwhen the engine is at normal operating tem-perature. This means that the engine, radia-tor, exhaust system etc., are very hot. Exer-cise great care not to burn yourself duringthis procedure.

1. Using a wrench of the correct size, loosenthe oil filler plug by turning it counterclock-wise and remove it with your fingers.

2. Use your finger or suitable tool to feel insidethe hole. The oil level should be at its bottomedge. If it is not, check for leaks beforeadding oil. To refill the transaxle or bring theoil level up, add oil slowly until it reaches theproper level. Do not overfill.

3. Replace the plug and washer, screw it in withyour fingers and then tighten securely withthe wrench.

!

G110B05A-AAT

Recommended FluidYour Hyundai automatic transaxle is speciallydesigned to operate with HYUNDAI GENUINEATF SP III, DIAMOND ATF SP III, SK ATF SPIII or other brands meeting the SP III specifi-cation approved by Hyundai Motor Co..Damage caused by a nonspecified fluid is notcovered by your new vehicle limited warranty.

CAUTION:Use of aftermarket ATF additives maycause damage to the automatic transaxle.Only use HYUNDAI GENUINE ATF SP III,DIAMOND ATF SP III, SK ATF SP III or otherbrands meeting the SP III specificationapproved by Hyundai Motor Co.. If you arehaving your vehicle serviced at a facilityother than a Hyundai dealer, verify that thecorrect ATF is used for your vehicle.

Page 168: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

13

While the engine is idling, apply the brakes andmove the gear selector lever from "P" to each ofits other positions -- "R", "N", "D", "2", "L" -- andthen return to "N" or "P". With the engine stillidling:

1. Open the hood, being careful to keep hands,hair and clothing clear of any moving parts.

2. Remove the transaxle dipstick, wipe it clean,reinsert the dipstick as far as it will go, thenremove it again. Now check the fluid level onthe dipstick. It should be in the "HOT" rangeon the dipstick.

G110D03A

G110D02A-AAT

To Check the Transaxle Fluid Level

Park the car on level ground with the parkingbrake engaged. When the transaxle fluid level ischecked, the transaxle fluid should be at normaloperating temperature and the engine idling.

C090A01A

!

3. If the transaxle fluid level is low, use a funnelto add transaxle fluid through the dipsticktube until the level reaches the "HOT" range.Do not overfill.

G110D04A

Fluid level should be within"HOT" range

WARNING:The cooling fan is controlled by the enginecoolant temperature and may sometimes op-erate even when the engine is not running.Use extreme caution when working near theblades of the cooling fan, so that you are notinjured by a rotating fan blade. As the enginecoolant temperature decreases, the fan willautomatically shut off. This is a normal con-dition.

Page 169: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

14 CHECKING THE BRAKES

!

!

G120A01A-AAT

G120B01A-AAT

Checking the Brake Fluid Level

CAUTION:Because brakes are essential to the safeoperation of the car, it is suggested that theybe checked and inspected by your Hyundaidealer. The brakes should be checked andinspected for wear at those intervals speci-fied in the vehicle maintenance schedule inSection 5.

!

WARNING:Use caution when handling brake fluid. Itcan damage your vision if it gets into youreyes. It will also damage your vehicle's paintif spilled on it and not removed immediately.

G120D01A-AAT

To Check the Fluid Level

G120E02A-AAT

Adding Brake FluidG120C02A-AAT

Recommended Brake Fluid

Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming toDOT 3 or DOT 4 specifications in your brakingsystem. Follow the instructions printed on thecontainer.

The fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir shouldbe checked periodically. The level should bebetween the "MIN" and "MAX" marks on theside of the reservoir. If the level is at or belowthe "MIN" mark, carefully add fluid to bring it upto "MAX". Do not overfill.

HLC5035

WARNING:Handle brake fluid carefully. It can damageyour vision if it gets into your eyes. Use onlyDOT 3 or DOT 4 specification fluid from asealed container. Do not allow the fluid canor reservoir to remain open any longer thanrequired. This will avoid entry of dirt andmoisture which can damage the brake sys-tem and cause improper operation.

To add brake fluid, first wipe away any dirt thenunscrew the fluid reservoir cap. Slowly pour therecommended fluid into the reservoir. Do notoverfill. Carefully replace the cap on the reser-voir and tighten.

Page 170: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

15CHECKING THE CLUTCH FLUID

!

G130B02A-AAT

To Replace the Fluid

Recommended brake fluid conforming to DOT 3or DOT 4 specification should be used. Thereservoir cap must be fully tightened to avoidcontamination from foreign matter or moisture.

NOTE:Do not allow any other liquids to contami-nate the brake fluid. Seal damage will result.

WARNING:Use caution when handling brake fluid. Itcan damage your vision if you get it in youreyes. It will also damage your vehicles paintif spilled on it and not removed immediately.

G130A01A-AAT

To Check the Clutch Fluid

The clutch fluid level in the master cylindershould be checked when performing other un-der hood services. The system should bechecked for leakage at the same time.Check to make certain that the clutch fluid levelis between the "MAX" and "MIN" level markingson the fluid reservoir. Fill as required. Fluid lossindicates a leak in the clutch system whichshould be inspected and repaired immediately.Consult your Hyundai dealer.

HLC5036

AIR CONDITIONER CARE

G140A01A-AAT

Keeping the Condenser Clean

The air conditioner condenser (and engine ra-diator) should be checked periodically for accu-mulation of dirt, dead insects, leaves, etc. Thesecan interfere with maximum cooling efficiency.When removing such accumulations, brush orhose them away carefully to avoid bending thecooling fans.

Page 171: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

16 CHANGING THE AIR CONDITIONERFILTER

G140D02A-AAT

Checking the Compressor Drive Belt

When the air conditioning is being used regular-ly, the compressor drive belt tension should bechecked at least once a month with the engineturned off.To check the drive belt tension, press down onthe belt halfway between the engine crankshaftand compressor pulleys. Pressing with yourfinger, you should not be able to deflect this beltanymore than 1/3 of an inch. If the belt is tooloose, have it adjusted by your Hyundai dealer.

CRANK PULLEY G140D01A

A/C

TENSION PULLEY

0.315 in.(8mm)

HLC2096

B145A02A-GAT

(For Evaporator and Blower Unit)(If Installed)

The air conditioner filter is located in front of theevaporator unit behind the glove box.It helps to decrease the amount of pollutantsentering the car.

1. Open the glove box and by pushing at theoutside of adjusting pin (1) first and thensliding the adjusting pin (2) in makes it easierto remove adjusting pin.

G140C01A-AAT

Lubrication

To lubricate the compressor and the seals in thesystem, the air conditioner should be run for atleast 10 minutes each week. This is particularlyimportant during cool weather when the air con-ditioning system is not otherwise in use.

G140B01A-AAT

Checking the Air Conditioner Opera-tion

1. Start the engine and let it run at fast idle forseveral minutes with the air conditioner setat the maximum cold setting.

2. If the air coming out of the in-dash vents isnot cold, have the air conditioning systeminspected by your Hyundai dealer.

CAUTION:Running the air conditioning system for ex-tended periods of time with a low refrigerantlevel may damage the compressor.

!(1)

(2)

Page 172: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

17

HLC2097

2. Remove the cable and the wiring from thefilter cover.

HLC2098

3. Remove the filter cover by pushing the upperend of the filter cover.

HLC2099

4. Replace the two filters.5. Installation is the reverse order of disassem-

bly.

CAUTION:Be sure to install the air conditioner filter inthe direction of the arrow sign. Otherwise, itmay cause noise or deterioration.

!

CHECKING THE FREE-PLAY

G150A01A-AAT

Steering Wheel

To check the steering wheel free-play, stop thecar with the wheels pointed straight ahead andgently move the steering wheel back and forth.Use very light finger pressure and be sensitiveto changes in resistance that mark the limits ofthe free-play. If the free-play is greater thanspecified, have it inspected by your Hyundaidealer and adjusted or repaired if necessary.

HLC5008

1.18 in.(30 mm)

Page 173: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

18 CHECKING BRAKE PEDALCLEARANCE

G170A01A-AAT

Brake Pedal

With the engine off, press down on the brakepedal several times to reduce the vacuum in thebrake booster.Then, using your hand, press down slowly onthe brake pedal until you feel a change in resis-tance. This is the brake pedal free-play.The free-play should be within the limits speci-fied in the illustration above. If it is not, have itinspected by your Hyundai dealer and adjustedor repaired if necessary.

HXGS508

0.12 ~ 0.31 in.(3 ~ 8 mm)

G180A01A-AAT

You need a helper to check the brake pedalclearance. With the engine running, have yourhelper press down on the brake pedal severaltimes and then hold it down with a force of about110 lbs (50 kg, 490 N). The brake pedal clear-ance is the distance from the top surface of thebrake pedal to the asphalt sheeting under thefloor mat.If the brake pedal clearance is not within thelimits specified in the illustration, have it in-spected by your Hyundai dealer and adjusted orrepaired if necessary.

G180A01L

1.78 in. (45.1 mm)

G160A01A-AAT

Clutch Pedal

With the engine off, press lightly on the clutchpedal until you feel a change in resistance. Thisis the clutch pedal free-play. The free-play shouldbe within the limits specified in the illustrationbelow. If it is not, have it inspected by yourHyundai dealer and adjusted or repaired if nec-essary.

G160A01E

0.24 ~ 0.51 in.(6 ~ 13 mm)

Page 174: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

19CHECKING AND REPLACINGFUSES

CHECKING DRIVE BELTS

G190A01A-AAT

Drive belts should be checked periodically forproper tension and adjusted if necessary. At thesame time, belts should be examined for cracks,wear, fraying or other evidence of deteriorationand replaced if necessary.Belt routing should also be checked to be surethere is no interference between the belts andother parts of the engine. After a belt is replaced,the new belt should be adjusted again after twoor three weeks to eliminate slack resulting frominitial stretching after use.

Water Pump Pulley

AlternatorPulley

Crankshaft Pulley

0.2~0.24 in.(5.1~6 mm)

HTB186

G200A01A-AAT

Replacing a Fusible Link

A fusible link will melt if the electrical circuitsfrom the battery are ever overloaded, thus pre-venting damage to the entire wiring harness.(This could be caused by a short in the systemdrawing too much current.) If this ever happens,have a Hyundai dealer determine the cause,repair the system and replace the fusible link.The fusible links are located in a relay box foreasy inspection.

G200A01A

Open-Replace

Good

CAUTION:When replacing a fusible link, never useanything but a new fusible link with the sameor lower amperage rating. Never use a pieceof wire or a higher-rated fusible link. Thiscould result in serious damage and create afire hazard.

!

Page 175: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

20

CAUTION:An open fuse indicates that there is a prob-lem in the electrical circuit. If you replace afuse and it blows as soon as the accessoryis turned on, the problem is serious andshould be referred to a Hyundai dealer fordiagnosis and repair. Never replace a fusewith anything except a fuse with the same ora lower amperage rating. A higher capacityfuse could cause damage and create a firehazard.

G200B02L

!

Good Open - Replace

G200B01A-AAT

Replacing Accessory Fuses

The fuse box for the lights and other electricalaccessories will be found low on the dashboardon the driver's side. Inside the box you will finda list showing the circuits protected by eachfuse.If any of your car's lights or other electricalaccessories stop working, a blown (open) fusecould be the reason. If the fuse has opened, youwill see that the metal strip inside the fuse hasmelted through. If you suspect a blown fuse,follow this procedure:

HLC4002

1. Turn off the ignition and all other switches.2. Open the fuse box and examine each fuse.

Remove each fuse by pulling it toward you (asmall "fuse puller" tool is contained in thefuse box to simplify this operation).

3. Be sure to check all other fuses even if youfind one that appears to have opened.

HLC4003

4. Replace the blown fuse by pressing a newfuse of the same rating into place. The fuseshould be a snug fit. If it is not, have the fuseclip repaired or replaced by a Hyundai deal-er. If you do not have a spare fuse, you maybe able to borrow a fuse of the same or lowerrating from an accessory you can tempo-rarily get along without (the radio or cigarettelighter, for example). Always remember toreplace the borrowed fuse.

NOTE:See page 6-32 for the fuse panel descrip-tions.

Page 176: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

21CHECKING THE BATTERY

!

G210A01A-AAT

WARNING:When working with batteries, carefully ob-serve the following precautions to avoid se-rious injuries.

o If battery fluid is on your skin, flush theaffected areas with water for at least 15minutes and then seek medical assistance.

o If battery fluid is in your eyes, rinse out youreyes with water and get medical assistanceas soon as possible. While you are beingdriven to get medical assistance, continue torinse your eyes by using a sponge or softcloth saturated with water.

o If you swallow battery fluid, drink a largequantity of water or milk followed by milk ofmagnesia, eat a raw egg or drink vegetableoil. Get medical assistance as soon as pos-sible.

While batteries are being charged (either by abattery charger or by the vehicle's alternator),they produce explosive gases. Always observethese warnings to prevent injuries from occur-ring:o Charge batteries only in a well ventilated

area.o Do not permit flames, sparks or smoking in

the area.o Keep children away from the area.

D010B01A

The fluid in the battery contains a strong solutionof sulfuric acid, which is poisonous and highlycorrosive. Be careful not to spill it on yourself orthe car. If you do spill battery fluid on yourself,immediately do the following:

G210B02A-AAT

Checking the Battery

Keep the battery clean. Any evidence of corro-sion around the battery posts or terminals shouldbe removed using a solution of household bak-ing soda and warm water. After the batteryterminals are dry, cover them with a light coatingof grease.

WARNING:Always read the following instruc-tions carefully when handling abattery.Keep lighted cigarettes and allother flames or sparks away fromthe battery.Hydrogen, which is a highly com-bustible gas, is always present inbattery cells and may explode ifignited.Keep batteries out of the reach ofchildren because batteries con-tain highly corrosive SULFURICACID. Do not allow battery acid tocontact your skin, eyes, clothingor paint finish.

!

Page 177: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

22 POWER STEERING FLUID LEVELCHECKING ELECTRIC COOLINGFANS

!

G220A01A-AAT G230A03A-AAT

G220B01A-AAT

Checking Engine Cooling Fan

The engine cooling fan should come on auto-matically if the engine coolant temperature ishigh.

WARNING:The radiator fan is controlled by engine cool-ant temperature and may sometimes operateeven when the engine is not running. Useextreme caution when working near theblades of the cooling fan, so that you are notinjured by a rotating fan blade. As the cool-ant temperature decreases the fan will auto-matically shut off. This is a normal condition.

G220C01A-AAT

Checking Condenser Cooling Fan

The condenser cooling fan should come onautomatically whenever the air conditioner is inoperation.

HLC5006

The power steering fluid level should be checkedregularly. To check the power steering fluidlevel, be sure the engine is "OFF", then check tomake certain that the power steering fluid levelis between the "MAX" and "MIN" level markingson the fluid reservoir.

NOTE:Grinding noise from the power steering pumpmay be heard immediately after the engine isstarted in extremely cold conditions (below-4°F). If the noise stops during warm up,there is no abnormal function in the system.It is due to a power steering fluid character-istic in extremely cold conditions.

If any electrolyte gets into youreyes, flush your eyes with cleanwater for at least 15 minutes andget immediate medical attention.If possible, continue to apply wa-ter with a sponge or cloth untilmedical attention is received.If electrolyte gets on your skin,thoroughly wash the contactedarea.If you feel a pain or a burningsensation, get medical attentionimmediately.Wear eye protection when charg-ing or working near a battery.Always provide ventilation whenworking in an enclosed space.

o When lifting a plastic-cased battery, ex-cessive pressure on the case may causebattery acid to leak, resulting in personalinjury. Lift with a battery carrier or withyour hands on opposite corners.

o Never attempt to charge the battery whenthe battery cables are connected.

o The electrical ignition system works withhigh voltage.Never touch these components with theengine running or the ignition switchedon.

Page 178: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

23

G240A01A-AAT

POWER STEERING HOSES

It is suggested that you check the power steer-ing hose connections for fluid leakage at thoseintervals specified in the vehicle maintenanceschedule in Section 5.The power steering hoses should be replaced ifthere is severe surface cracking, pulling, scuff-ing or worn spots. Deterioration of the hosecould cause premature failure.

Recommended FluidUse PSF-3 type fluid

NOTE:Do not start the engine when the powersteering oil reservoir is empty.

HEADLIGHT AIMING ADJUSTMENT

G250A01A-AAT

FOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUTYOUR HYUNDAI

If you desire additional information about main-taining and servicing your Hyundai, you maypurchase a factory Shop Manual at your Hyundaidealer's parts department. This is the samemanual used by dealership technicians and whileit is highly technical it can be useful in obtaininga better understanding of your car and how itworks.

G290A04A-AAT

Before performing aiming adjustment, make sureof the following.

1. Keep all tires inflated to the correct pressure.2. Place the vehicle on level ground and press

the front bumper & rear bumper down sever-al times. Place vehicle at a distance of 118in. (3m) from the test wall.

3. See that the vehicle is unloaded (except forfull levels of coolant, engine oil and fuel, andspare tire, jack, and tools). Have the driver orequivalent weight placed in driver's seat.

4. Clean the headlight lenses and turn on theheadlights (Low beam).

5. Open the hood.

G290A01A-1

VerticalAiming

Page 179: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

24

SPECIFICATIONS:

"H";Horizontal center line of headlights fromground : 25.8 in. (656 mm)

"W";Distance between each headlight center :42.4 in. (1,078 mm)

"L";Distance between the headlights and thewall that the lights are tested against:118 in. (3,000 mm).

G290B02A-AAT

Adjustment After Headlight AssemblyReplacement

If the vehicle has had front body repair and theheadlight assembly has been replaced, the head-light aiming should be checked using an aimingscreen as shown in the illustration. Turn on theheadlight switch. (Low Beam Position)

1. Adjust headlights so that main axis of light isparallel to center line of the body and isaligned with point "P" shown in the illustra-tion.

2. Dotted lines in the illustration show the cen-ter of headlights.

G290B01A-2

H

Groundline

Horizontal line0.8 in. (21mm) Vertical line

L

W

HCut-off line

"P"

!

6. Draw the vertical line (through the center ofeach headlight) and the horizontal line(through the center of each headlight) on theaiming screen.And then, draw a parallel line at 0.8 in.(21mm) under the horizontal line.

7. Adjust each cut-off line of the low beam tothe parallel line with a phillips screwdriver- VERTICAL AIMING

WARNING:Horizontal aiming should be adjusted by anauthorized Hyundai dealer.

Page 180: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

25REPLACEMENT OF LIGHT BULBS

!

G260A02A-AAT

Before attempting to replace a light bulb, be surethe switch is turned to the "OFF" position.The next paragraph shows how to reach thelight bulbs so they may be changed. Be sure toreplace the burned-out bulb with one of thesame number and wattage rating.See page 6-31 for the wattage descriptions

CAUTION:Keep the lamps out of contact with petro-leum products, such as oil, gasoline, etc.

HLC5033

G270A03A-AAT

Headlight Bulb

1. Allow the bulb to cool. Wear eye protection.2. Open the engine hood.3. Always grasp the bulb by its plastic base,

avoid touching the glass.

4. Using a socket wrench of the correct size,remove the headlight assembly mountingbolts.

6. Remove the dust cover.

HLC5009

5. Disconnect the power cord from the bulbbase in the back of the headlight.

HLC5034-1

Page 181: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

26

! WARNING:The halogen bulb contains gas under pres-sure and if impacted could shatter, resultingin flying fragments. Always wear eye protec-tion when servicing the bulb. Protect thebulb against abrasions or scratches andagainst liquids when lighted. Turn the bulbon only when installed in a headlight. Re-place the headlight if damaged or cracked.Keep the bulb out of the reach of childrenand dispose of the used bulb with care.

8. Remove the protective cap from the replace-ment bulb and install the new bulb by match-ing the plastic base with the headlight hole.Re-attach the bulb spring and install the dustcover. Reconnect the power cord.

9. Use the protective cap and carton to disposeof the old bulb.

10.Check for proper headlight aim.

G270A03OHLC5011

7. Push the bulb spring to remove the headlightbulb.

HLC5010

Page 182: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

27

G270B01A-GAT

Front Turn Signal light / Position Light

1. Disconnect the power cord from the bulb.

HLC5034

HLC5012

(1)(2)

2. To replace the front turn signal light (1) orposition light (2), take it out from the bulbholder by turning it counterclockwise.

3. Install the new bulb.

G270D01TB-AAT

Rear Combination Light

HLC5015

3 Door

G270D01A

4 Door

1. Open the trunk lid/tail gate.

Page 183: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

28

3. To replace the rear combination light (stop/tail light, turn signal light or back-up light),take it out from the bulb holder by turning itcounterclockwise.

(1) Stop/Tail Light(2) Turn Signal Light(3) Back-up Light

4. Install the new bulb.

G270C01TB-AAT

Luggage Compartment Light(If Installed)

HLC5014

1. Remove the cover with a flat-head screw-driver.

3 Door 4 Door

(2)

(1)

(3)

HLC5016

3 Door

G270D02A

4 Door

(1)

(2)

(3)

2. Remove the mounting screws as shown witha phillips screwdriver.

Page 184: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

29

3. Replace with a new bulb.

HTB283

2. Disconnect the power cord.

HTB284

G270G01A-AAT

Interior Light (Map Light) (If Installed)

1. Remove the cover with a flat-head screw-driver.

HLC5017

HLC5018

2. Replace with a new bulb.

Page 185: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

30

2. Replace with a new bulb.

HLC5020

G270H01A-AAT

Interior Light

1. Remove the cover with a flat-head screw-driver.

HLC5019

Page 186: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

31BULB WATTAGES

Part Name

Front Position Light

Headlight (High/Low)

Front Turn Signal Light

Interior Light (Map Light) (If Installed)

Interior Light

Front Fog Light (If Installed)

Front Side Marker Light

No.

8

9

10

11

12

G280A03A-AAT

G280A02A

52

Wattage

5

60/55

27

10

10

27

5

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Wattage

27

27/8(4 Door), 28/8(3 Door)

17

17

5

5

5

Part Name

Rear Combination Turn Signal Light

Light Stop/Tail Light

Back-up Light

High Mounted Rear Stop Light (If Installed)

Rear Side Marker Light

Luggage Compartment Light (If Installed)

License Plate Light

76 121011

1 3 4 98 98

10 11

12

4 DOOR 3 DOOR

Page 187: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

32 FUSE PANEL DESCRIPTION

G200C02A-GAT

Engine Compartment

HLC5027NOTE:Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fusebox on your vehicle, refer to the fuse box label.

FUSE RATING

120A

50A

50A

20A

30A

20A

30A

30A

30A

30A

20A

PROTECTED COMPONENTS

Charging (Generator)

Fuse 6, 7, 8, 9, Horn fuse, Room lamp fuse

Head lamp fuse, Front fog lamp fuse, Tail lamp relay, H/LP washer fuse

Engine control relay, Generator, Fuel pump relay, ECU #3 fuse

Ignition power source, Start relay

Radiator fan control

Blower control

ABS control, ABS bleeding connector

ABS control, ABS bleeding connector

Power window

Condenser fan control

ALT

BATTERY

LAMP

ECU

IGN

RAD FAN

BLOWER

ABS

ABS

P/WDW

COND FAN

FUSIBLE

LINK

DESCRIPTION

Page 188: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

33

FUSE RATING

10A

10A

10A

10A

10A

10A

10A

15A

10A

15A

15A

10A

25A

PROTECTED COMPONENTS

Radiator fan, Condenser fan, ECM, Oxygen sensor, Purge control valve,

SMATRA, Glow plug relay, Heater relay, Stop lamp switch

A/C relay

Horn relay

Illumination lamps, Left rear combination lamp, License lamp, DRL control,

Position lamp, H/LP washer relay

Right rear combination lamp, License lamp, Position lamp

Left head lamp, DRL control, Instrument cluster

Right head lamp

Front fog lamp relay

Instrument cluster, Courtesy lamp, Trunk room lamp, ETACM, DLC,

Door warning, Multipurpose check connector

Audio, Digital clock, Power antenna, A/C switch, Rear fog lamp switch

Idle speed actuator, ECM, Camshaft position sensor, EGR actuator,

Throttle plate actuator

ECM

Head lamp washer motor

Fuel pump relay, Fuel pump motor

ECU #1

A/CON COMP

HORN

TAIL LH

TAIL RH

H/LP LH

H/LP RH

FRONT FOG

ROOM LP

AUDIO

ECU #2

ECU#3

H/L WASHER

FUSE

DESCRIPTION

F/PUMP CHK (E50)

Page 189: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

34

G200E01A-GAT

Inner Panel

HLC5031

PROTECTED COMPONENTS

Hazard warning, Back-up lamp switch, Transaxle range switch,

A/T shift & key lock control module

ETACM, Pre-Excitation resistor, Instrument cluster, Seat belt timer

Instrument cluster

Air bag

ECM, A/T shift lever, Transaxle range switch, Mass air flow sensor, Vehicle

speed sensor, Water sensor

Power door lock

Hazard warning, ETACM

Stop lamp, A/T shift lever, A/T key interlock solenoid

Rear window defogger

Head lamp, Power window, Head lamp leveling, Head lamp washer,

ETACM, Front fog lamp, Blower control, Rear intermittent washer, Fuel

filter relay

Front wiper & washer

Seat warmer

ABS control, ABS bleeding

Digital clock, Audio, A/T shift & key lock control module

Cigarette lighter

Power outside mirror

Rear window & outside mirror defogger

Rear wiper

FUSE RATING

10A

10A

10A

15A

10A

10A

10A

10A

20A

10A

20A

20A

10A

10A

15A

10A

10A

20A

FUSE

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

Page 190: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

7Emission Control System ............................................. 7-2Catalytic Converter ....................................................... 7-3

7

Page 191: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

7 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

2 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

Canister

Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank areabsorbed and stored in the onboard canister.When the engine is running, the fuel vaporsabsorbed in the canister are drawn into theinduction system through the purge controlsolenoid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)

The purge control solenoid valve is controlledby the Engine Control Module (ECM); whenthe engine coolant temperature is low duringidling, the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuelis not taken into the engine. After the enginewarms-up during ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel to theengine.

H010B01A-AAT

1. CRANKCASE EMISSION CONTROLSYSTEM

The positive crankcase ventilation system isemployed to prevent air pollution caused byblow-by gases being emitted from the crank-case. This system supplies filtered fresh air tothe crankcase through the air intake hose.Inside the crankcase, the fresh air mixes withblow-by gases, then passes through the PCVvalve into the induction system.

H010A01A-AAT

Your Hyundai is equipped with an emissioncontrol system to meet all requirements of theU.S. Environmental Protection Agency or Cali-fornia Air Resources Board.There are three emission control systemswhich are as follows.

1) Crankcase Emission Control System2) Evaporative Emission Control System3) Exhaust Emission Control System

In order to ensure the proper function of theemission control systems, it is recommendedthat you have your car inspected and main-tained by an authorized Hyundai dealer inaccordance with the maintenance schedule inthis manual.

H010D01A-AAT

3. EXHAUST EMISSIONCONTROL SYSTEM

The Exhaust Emission Control System is ahighly effective system which controls ex-haust emissions while maintaining good ve-hicle performace.

H010C01S-AAT

2. Evaporative Emission Control (Includ-ing ORVR: Onboard Refueling VaporRecovery) System

The Evaporative Emission Control System isdesigned to prevent fuel vapors from escapinginto the atmosphere.(The ORVR system is designed to allow thevapors from the fuel tank to be loaded into acanister while refueling at the gas station,preventing the escape of fuel vapors into theatmosphere.)

Page 192: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

7EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

3CATALYTIC CONVERTER

!!H020A01A-AAT

All Hyundai vehicles are equipped with a mono-lith type three-way catalytic converter toreduce the carbon monoxide, hydrocarbonsand nitrogen oxides contained in the exhaustgas. Exhaust gases passing through the cata-lytic converter cause it to operate at a veryhigh temperature. The introduction of largeamounts of unburned gasoline into the ex-haust may cause the catalytic converter tooverheat and create a fire hazard. This riskmay be reduced by observing the following:

system.WARNING:

o Remember that your Hyundai dealer isyour best source of assistance.

o Do not stop your Hyundai over anycombustible material such as grass,paper, leaves or rags. These materialsmight contact the hot catalytic con-verter and a fire might result.

HLC5022Catalytic Converter

WARNING:o Use unleaded fuel only.o Maintain the engine in good operating

condition. Extremely high catalytic con-verter temperatures can result from im-proper operation of the electrical, igni-tion or multiport electronic fuel injec-tion.

o If your engine stalls, pings, knocks, oris hard to start, have your Hyundaidealer inspect and repair the problemas soon as possible.

o Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.Running out of gasoline may cause theengine to misfire and result in damageto the catalytic converter.

o Avoid idling the engine for periodslonger than 10 minutes.

o The vehicle should not be pushed orpulled to get started. This may causethe catalytic converter to overheat andcreate a fire hazard.

o Do not touch the catalytic converter orany other part of the exhaust systemwhile the catalytic converter is hot.Shut off the engine, wait for at least onehour before touching the catalytic con-verter or any other part of the exhaust

Page 193: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTINGSAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING

ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ............................. 8-2Engine Number ............................................................. 8-2Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures .............. 8-3Snow Tires.................................................................... 8-9Tire Chains ................................................................. 8-10Tire Rotation ............................................................... 8-10Tire Balancing ............................................................. 8-11Tire Traction................................................................ 8-11When to Replace Tires ............................................... 8-11Spare Tire and Tools .................................................. 8-12Warranties for Your Hyundai Vehicle ......................... 8-12Consumer Information ................................................ 8-13Reporting Safety Defects ........................................... 8-15Binding Arbitration of Warranty Claims ...................... 8-16

88

Page 194: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

8 CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

2 ENGINE NUMBERVEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN)

I010A02A-AAT

The vehicle identification number (VIN) is thenumber used in registering your car and in alllegal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc.It can be found in four different places on yourcar:

1. On the bulkhead between the engine andpassenger compartments.

2. On the left top side of the instrument panelwhere it can be seen by looking down throughthe windshield.

3. Door edge post4. On the lower side of the center pillar outer

panel.

I010B01A-AAT

The engine number is stamped on the engineblock as shown in the drawing.

I010A01A-1

1

2 3

4F040A02TB-1

TIRES

I020A02A-AAT

TIRE INFORMATION

The tires supplied on your new Hyndaiare chosen to provide the best perfor-mance for normal driving.If you ever have questions about yourtire warranty and where to obtain ser-vice, see the tire manufacture's book-let included with your vehicle's Owner'sManual Literature Kit.

Page 195: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

8CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

3

!I030A02JM-AAT

RECOMMENDED COLD TIRE INFLA-TION PRESSURES

Tire label located on the driver's sideof the center pillar outer panel givesthe cold tire pressures recommendedfor your vehicle with the original tiresize, the number of people that can bein your vehicle and vehicle capacityweight.

I030A01A-2

These pressures were chosen to pro-vide the most satisfactory combina-tion of ride comfort, tire wear andstability under normal conditions. Tirepressures should be checked at leastmonthly. Proper tire inflation pressuresshould be maintained for these rea-sons:

I030A01LC-1

WARNING:Severe underinflation (10 psi (70kPa) or more) can lead to severeheat buildup, causing blowouts,tread separation and other tire fail-ures that can result in the loss ofvehicle control leading to severeinjury or death. This risk is muchhigher on hot days and when driv-ing for protracted periods at highspeeds.

I030A01LC-2

Page 196: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

8 CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

4

!NOTE:o Underinflation also results in ex-

cessive wear, poor handling andreduced fuel economy. Wheel de-formation also is possible. Keepyour tire pressures at the properlevels. If a tire frequently needsrefilling, have it checked by yourHyundai Dealer.

o Overinflation produces a harshride, excessive wear at the centerof the tire tread, and a greaterpossibility of damage from roadhazards.

WARNING:Overinflation or underinflation canreduce the tire life, adversely affectvehicle handling, and lead to sud-den tire failure. This could rusult inloss of vehicle control and potentialinjury.

CAUTION:Always observe the following:

o Check pressures when the tiresare cold. (After the vehicle hasbeen parked for at least threehours or hasn't been driven morethan one mile (1.6 km) since start-ing up.)

o Check the pressure of your sparetire each time you check the pres-sure of other tires.

o Never overload your vehicle. Beespecially careful about overload-ing if you equip your vehicle witha luggage rack.

o Worn, old tires can cause acci-dents. If your tread is badly worn,or if your tires have been dam-aged, replace them.

!

Page 197: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

8CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

5

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gage firmlyonto the valve to get a pressure mea-surement. If the cold tire inflation pres-sure matches the recommended pres-sure on the tire and loading informationlabel, no further adjustment is neces-sary. If the pressure is low, add airuntil you reach the recommendedamount.If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gage. Besure to put the valve caps back on thevalve stems. They help prevent leaksby keeping out dirt and moisture.

I035A01JM-AAT

CHECKING TIRE INFLATION PRES-SURE

Check your tires once a month ormore.Also, check the tire pressure of thespare tire.

How to Check

Use a good quality gage to check tirepressure. You can not tell if your tiresare properly inflated simply by lookingat them. Radial tires may look properlyinflated even when they're underinflated.Check the tire's inflation pressure whenthe tires are cold. - "Cold" means yourvehicle has been sitting for at leastthree hours or driven no more than 1mile (1.6 km).

Federal law requires tire manufactur-ers to place standardized informationon the sidewall of all tires. This infor-mation identifies and describes thefundamental characteristics of the tireand also provides the tire identificationnumber (TIN) for safety standard cer-tification. The TIN can be used toidentify the tire in case of a recall.

I030B01JM-AAT

TIRE SIDEWALL LABELING

I030B04JM

1

23

4

5, 6

7

1

Page 198: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

8 CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

6

1. Manufacturer or Brand nameo Manufacturer or Brand name is

shown.2. Tire size (example: P175/70R13)

o The "P" indicates the tire is de-signed for passenger vehicles. A"T" is the designation for a tempo-rary spare tire.

o Three-digit number (175): Thisnumber gives the width in millime-ters of the tire from sidewall edgeto sidewall edge.

o Two-digit number (70): This num-ber, known as the aspect ratio,gives the tire's ratio of height towidth.

o R: The "R" stands for radial.o Two-digit number (13): This num-

ber is the wheel or rim diameter ininches.

o Two (or three) digit number (82):This number is the tire's load in-dex. It is a measurement of howmuch weight each tire can sup-port.

o T: Speed Rating. The speed rat-ing denotes the speed at which atire is designed to be driven forextended periods of time. Theratings range from "A" to "Z" (98to 186 MPH).

3. TIN (Tire Identification Number) fornew tire (example: DOT XX XXXXX XXXX)o DOT: Abbreviation for the "De-

partment of Transportation". Thesymbol can be placed above, be-low or to the left or right of the TireIden tification Number. In-dicates tire is in compliance withthe U.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

o 1st two-digit code: Manufacturer'sidentification mark

o 2nd two-digit code: Tire sizeo 3rd three-digit code: Tire type code

(Optional)o 4th four-digit code: Date of Manu-

facture

o Four numbers represent the weekand year the tire was built. Forexample, the numbers 3104means the 31st week of 2004.

4. Tire ply composition and mate-rialThe number of layers or plies ofrubbercoated fabric in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicatethe materials in the tire, which in-clude steel, nylon, polyester, andothers. The letter "R" means radialply construction; the letter "D" meansdiagonal or bias ply construction;and the letter "B" means belted-biasply construction.

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressureThis number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maxi-mum permissible inflation pressure.Refer to the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label for recommended infla-tion pressure.

Page 199: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

8CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

7

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maxi-mum load in kilograms and poundsthat can be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

7. Uniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG):Tire manufacturers are required tograde tires based on three perfor-mance factors: treadwear, tractionand temperature resistance. Formore information, see Uniform TireQuality Grading on page 8-13.

I030D01JM-AAT

TIRE TERMINOLOGY AND DEFINI-TIONS

Air Pressure: The amount of air insidethe tire pressing outward on the tire.Air pressure is expressed in poundsper square inch (psi) or kilopascal(kPa).Accessory Weight: This means thecombined weight of optional accesso-ries. Some examples of optional ac-cessories are, automatic transmission,power seats, and air conditioning.Aspect Ratio: The relationship of atire's height to its width.Belt: A rubber coated layer of cordsthat is located between the plies andthe tread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcing materials.Bead: The tire bead contains steelwires wrapped by steel cords that holdthe tire onto the rim.Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the plies are laid at alternateangles less than 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.

Cold Tire Pressure: The amount ofair pressure in a tire, measured inpounds per square inch (psi) orkilopascals (kPa) before a tire hasbuilt up heat from driving.Curb Weight: This means the weightof a motor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including the maxi-mum capacity of fuel, oil and coolant,but without passengers and cargo.DOT Markings: A code molded intothe sidewall of a tire signifying that thetire is in compliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation motorvehicle safety standards. The DOTcode includes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumeric desig-nator which can also identify the tiremanufacturer, production plant, brandand date of production.GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight RatingGAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight Rat-ing for the front Axle.GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight Ratingfor the rear axle.

Page 200: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

8 CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

8

Intended Outboard Sidewall: Theside of an asymmetrical tire, that mustalways face outward when mounted ona vehicle.Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit forair pressure.Load Index: An assigned number rang-ing from 1 to 279 that corresponds tothe load carrying capacity of a tire.Maximum Inflation Pressure: Themaximum air pressure to which a coldtire may be inflated. The maximum airpressure is molded onto the sidewall.Maximum Load Rating: The load rat-ing for a tire at the maximum permis-sible inflation pressure for that tire.Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:The sum of curb weight; accessoryweight; vehicle capacity weight; andproduction options weight.Normal Occupant Weight: The num-ber of occupants a vehicle is designedto seat multiplied by 150 pounds (68kg).

Occupant Distribution: Designatedseating positions.Outward Facing Sidewall: The sideof a asymmetrical tire that has a par-ticular side that faces outward whenmounted on a vehicle. The side of thetire that contains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering or bears manufacturer,brand and or model name molding thatis higher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewall of thetire.Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire usedon passenger cars and some light dutytrucks and multipurpose vehicles.Recommended Inflation Pressure:Vehicle manufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure and shown onthe tire placard.Radial Ply tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the ply cords that extend to thebeads are laid at 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.Rim: A metal support for a tire andupon which the tire beads are seated.

Sidewall: The portion of a tire be-tween the tread and the bead.Speed Rating: An alphanumeric codeassigned to a tire indicating the maxi-mum speed at which a tire can oper-ate.Traction: The friction between the tireand the road surface. The amount ofgrip provided.Tread: The portion of a tire that comesinto contact with the road.Treadwear Indicators: Narrow bands,sometimes called "wear bars," thatshow across the tread of a tire whenonly 2/32 inch of tread remains.UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality GradingStandards, a tire information systemthat provides consumers with ratingsfor a tire's traction, temperature andtreadwear. Ratings are determined bytire manufacturers using governmenttesting procedures. The ratings aremolded into the sidewall of the tire.

Page 201: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

8CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

9

Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-ber of designated seating positionsmultiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus therated cargo and luggage loadVehicle Maximum Load on the Tire:Load on an individual tire due to curband accessory weight plus maximumoccupant and cargo weight.Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:That load on an individual tire that isdetermined by distributing to each axleits share of the curb weight, accessoryweight, and normal occupant weightand driving by 2.Vehicle Placard: A label permanentlyattached to a vehicle showing the origi-nal equipment tire size and recom-mended inflation pressure

I040A01O-AAT

SNOW TIRES

If you equip your car with snow tires,they should be the same size andhave the same load capacity as theoriginal tires. Snow tires should beinstalled on all four wheels; otherwise,poor handling may result.Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa)more air pressure than the pressurerecommended for the standard tires onthe tire label on the driver's side of thecenter pillar , or up to the maximumpressure shown on the tire sidewallwhichever is less.Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120km/h) when your car is equipped withsnow tires.

I040B01JM-AAT

ALL SEASON TIRES

Hyundai specifies all season tires onsome models to provide good perfor-mance for use all year round, includingsnowy and icy road conditions. All sea-son tires are identified by ALL SEA-SON and/or M+S (Mud and Snow) onthe tire sidewall. Snow tires have bettersnow traction than all season tires anmay be more appropriate in some ar-eas.

I040C01JM-AAT

SUMMER TIRES

Hyundai specifies summer tires onsome models to provide superior per-formance on dry roads. Summer tireperformance is substantrally reduced insnow and ice. Summer tires do nothave the tire traction rating M+S (Mudand Snow) on the tire side wall. if youplan to operate your vehicle in snowy oricy conditions. Hyundai recommendsthe use of snow tires or all season tireson all four wheels.

Page 202: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

8 CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

10

I060A02A-AAT

TIRE ROTATION

Tires should be rotated every 7,500miles (12,000 km). If you notice thattires are wearing unevenly betweenrotations, have the car checked by aHyundai dealer so the cause may becorrected.After rotating, adjust the tire pressuresand be sure to check the wheel nuttorque.

HEF-241

!

I050A03A-AAT

TIRE CHAINS

Tire chains, if necessary, should be installed onthe front wheels. Be sure that the chains areinstalled in accordance with the manufacturer'sinstructions.

To minimize tire and chain wear, do not con-tinue to use tire chains when they are nolonger needed.

WARNING:o When driving on roads covered with snow

or ice, drive at less than 20 mph (30 km/h).o Use the SAE "S" class or wire & plastic

chains.o If you have noise caused by chains

contacting the body, retighten the chainto avoid contact with the vehicle body.

o To prevent body damage, retighten thechains after driving 0.3~0.6 miles.

! WARNING:o Do not use the temporary spare

tire for tire rotation.o Do not mix bias ply and radial ply

tires under any circumstances.This may cause unusual handlingcharacteristics that could resultin death, serious injury, or prop-erty damage.

Page 203: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

8CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

11

I070A01A-AAT

TIRE BALANCING

A tire that is out of balance may affecthandling and tire wear. The tires onyour Hyundai were balanced beforethe car was delivered but may needbalancing again during the years youown the car.Whenever a tire is dismounted forrepair, it should be rebalanced beforebeing reinstalledon the car.

I080A01A-AAT

TIRE TRACTION

Tire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that are im-properly inflated or on slippery roadsurfaces. Tires should be replacedwhen tread wear indicators appear. Toreduce the possibility of losing control,slow down whenever there is rain,snow or ice on the road.

I090A01A-AAT

WHEN TO REPLACE TIRES

Tread wear in-dicator

0.06 in. (1.6 mm)

HGK248

The original tires on your car havetread wear indicators. The location oftread wear indicators is shown by the"TWI" or " " marks, etc., The treadwear indicators appear when the treaddepth is 0.06 in. (1.6 mm). The tireshould be replaced when these appearas a solid bar across two or moregrooves of the tread. Always replaceyour tires with those of the recom-mended size. If you change wheels,the new wheel's rim width and offsetmust meet Hyundai specification.

! WARNING:o Driving on worn-out tires is dan-

gerous! Worn-out tires can causeloss of braking effectiveness,steering control and traction.When replacing tires, never mixradial and bias ply tires on thesame car. If you replace radialtires with bias-ply tires, they mustbe installed in sets of four.

o Using tires and wheels of otherthan the recommended sizescould cause unusual handlingcharacteristics that could causedeath, serious injury, or propertydamage.

o Wheels that do not meet Hyundai'sdimensional specifications mayfit poorly and result in damage tothe vehicle, including brokenwheel studs.

Page 204: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

8 CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

12 WARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAIVEHICLE

I100A02E-AAT

SPARE TIRE AND TOOLS

Your Hyundai is delivered with thefollowing:

Spare tire and wheelWheel nut wrench, Wrench barJack

I100A01A

I110A01A-AAT

SHOP MANUAL

A Hyundai Shop Manual is available from yourauthorized Hyundai dealer. It's written for pro-fessional technicians, but is simple enough formost mechanically-inclined owners to under-stand.

I120A03A-AAT

o New vehicle 60 Months/60,000 Miles LimitedWarranty.

o New vehicle 120 Months/100,000 Miles Lim-ited Powertrain Warranty (original owneronly).

o Anti-Perforation Limited Warrantyo Emission Defect Warranty - Federal Ve-

hicleo California Emission Control System War-

ranty (if applicable)o Emission Performance Warranty Federal

vehicleo Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited

Warranty

NOTE:Detailed warranty information is provided inyour Hyundai Owner's Handbook.

Page 205: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

8CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

13CONSUMER INFORMATION

!

I130A01A-AAT

This consumer information has been preparedin accordance with regulations issued by theNational Highway Traffic Safety Administrationof the U.S. Department of Transportation. Itprovides the purchasers and/or prospectivepurchasers of Hyundai automobiles with infor-mation on uniform tire quality grading. YourHyundai dealer will help answer any questionsyou may have as you read this information.

I130B03A-AAT

Tire Quality Grading

Department of Transportation qualitygrades - All passenger vehicle tiresmust conform to Federal Safety Stan-dards in addition to these grades. Thesequality grades are molded on thesidewall.

Treadwear - The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on the wearrate of the tire when tested undercontrolled conditions on a specifiedgovernment test course. For example,a tire graded 150 would wear one anda half (1 - 1/2) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire graded100. The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and may departsignificantly from the norm due tovariations in driving habits, servicepractices and differences in road char-acteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B, C - The tractiongrades, from highest to lowest, areAA, A, B, and C. Those grades repre-sent the tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured under con-trolled conditions on specified govern-ment test surfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C may havepoor traction performance.

WARNING:The traction grade assigned to thistire is based on straight-ahead brak-ing traction tests, and does not in-clude acceleration, cornering, hy-droplaning, or peak traction charac-teristics.

Page 206: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

8 CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

14

Temperature A, B, C - The tempera-ture grades are A (the highest), B, andC, representing the tire's resistance tothe generation of heat and its ability todissipate heat when tested under con-trolled conditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustained hightemperature can cause the material ofthe tire to degenerate and reduce tirelife, and excessive temperature canlead to sudden tire failure. The grade Ccorresponds to a level of performancewhich all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standard No. 109. Grades Band A represent higher levels of perfor-mance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by law.

! WARNING:The temperature grade for this tireis established for a tire that is prop-erly inflated and not overloaded.Excessive speed, underinflation, orexcessive loading, either separatelyor in combination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Uniform Tire Quality Grading - Qual-ity grades can be found on the tiresidewall between the tread shoulderand the maximum section width.For example:Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

I130D03A-AAT

Hyundai motor vehicles are designed andmanufactured to meet or exceed all applicablesafety standards.

For your safety, however, we strongly urgeyou to read and follow all directions in thisOwner's Manual, particularly the informationunder the headings "NOTE", "CAUTION"and "WARNING".

If, after reading this manual, you have anyquestions regarding the operation of your vehi-cle, please contact your nearest Hyundai MotorAmerica Regional Office as listed below:

Eastern Region : Connecticut, Delaware, Maine,Maryland, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, NewJersey, New York, Pennsylvanina, Rhode Is-land, Vermont, Virginia, West Virginia.

Eastern Region1100 Cranbury South River RoadJamesburg, NJ 08831(800) 633-5151

Page 207: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

8CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

15

I130C02A-AAT

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, you shouldimmediately inform the National High-way Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingHYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA. IfNHTSA receives similar complaints,it may open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in agroup of vehicles, it may order arecall and remedy campaign. How-ever, NHTSA cannot become involvedin individual problems between you,your dealer, or HYUNDAI MOTORAMERICA.

To contact NHTSA, you may eithercall the Auto Safety Hotline toll-free at1-888-327-4236 or write to: NHTSA,U.S. Department of Transportation,Washington. D.C. 20590. You canalso obtain other information aboutmotor vehicle safety from the Hotline.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

Southern Region: Alabama, Arkansas, Flor-ida, Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Caro-lina, South Carolina, Oklahoma, Tennessee,Texas.

Southern Region270 Riverside Parkway, Suite AAustell, GA 30168(800) 633-5151

Central Region: Illinois, Indiana, Missouri,lowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Michigan, Minne-sota, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota,Ohio, Wisconsin.

Central Region1705 Sequoia DriveAurora, Illinois 60506(800) 633-5151

Western Region: Alaska, Hawaii, Arizona,California, Colorado, ldaho, Montana, Nevada,New Mexico, Oregon, Texas, Utah, Washing-ton, Wyoming.

Western Region10550 Talbert AvenueP.O.Box 20850Fountain Valley, California 92728-0850(800) 633-5151

Page 208: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

8 CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

16

I140A01A-AAT

BINDING ARBITRATION

Any claim or dispute you may haverelated to your vehicle's warranty orthe duties contemplated under the war-ranty, including claims related to therefund or partial refund of your vehicle'spurchase price (excluding personal in-jury or product liability claims), shallbe resolved by binding arbitration. Bind-ing arbitration shall be administered byand through the National ArbitrationForum (NAF) or the American Arbitra-tion Association (AAA), under the Codeof Procedure of the entity you select.You will not be responsible for payingfiling and hearing fees above $275.00.All other arbitration costs shall be borneby Hyundai Motor America. You arenot responsible to pay any of the costsHyundai incurs.This Binding Arbitration Agreementshall not deprive you of any remediesavailable to you under applicable law.

The parties are waiving their right toseek remedies in court, including theright to a jury trial.This Binding Arbitration Agreementshall be governed by and interpretedunder the Federal Arbitration Act, 9U.S.C. sections 1-16. Judgment uponany award may be entered in any courthaving jurisdiction.You may revoke this Arbitration Agree-ment by (1) written notice or (2) elec-tronic notice. Written notice must bedelivered (via certified mail) to HyundaiMotor America, Attn: Consumer Af-fairs, 10550 Talbert Avenue, P.O. Box20849, Fountain Valley, CA 92728-0849.Electronic notice must be submitted atthe following website address : http://warranty-arbitration.hyundaiUSA.com.Notice must be received within 90days after you purchase your vehicle.

BINDING ARBITRATION

Page 209: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

Measurement ................................................................ 9-2Engine ........................................................................... 9-3Lubrication Chart ........................................................... 9-4

VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

99

Page 210: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

9 VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

2

Tire Size

P175/70 R13

P185/60 R14

T105/70 D(R)14

in. (mm)

Liter

45

Automatic Transaxle

Manual Transaxle

MF12V, 55AH

13.5V 90A

Dual hydraulic with brake booster

Ventilated disc

Drum

Cable operated on rear wheel

Standard

Option

Spare

US. gal

11.9

Fuel tank

capacity

Imp.gal

9.9

Battery

Alternator

Starter 0.9 KW

0.7 KW

Type

Front brake type

Rear brake type

Parking brake

Inflation Pressure

30PSI (207 kPa)

60PSI (414 kPa)

J010A01A-AAT

MEASUREMENT

J020A01A-AAT

POWER STEERING

J060A01A-AAT

FUEL SYSTEM

J040A01A-AAT

ELECTRICAL

J050A01A-AAT

BRAKE

J030A03A-AAT

TIRE

4 DOOR

167.7 (4260)

66.1 (1680)

54.9 (1395)

96.1 (2440)

56.5 (1435)

56.1 (1425)

Item

Overall length

Overall width

Overall height (unladen)

Wheel base

Wheel tread Front

Rear

3 DOOR

165.9 (4215)

Type

Wheel free play

Rack stroke

Oil pump type

Rack and pinion

0 ~ 1.18 in (0 ~ 30 mm)

5.3 in. (134 mm)

Vane type

Page 211: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

9VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

3ENGINE

SPECIFICATIONS

1.6 MPI

4-Cylinder in-line DOHC

76.5 x 87

1,599

800 ± 100

BKR5ES-11

RC10YC4

0.039 to 0.043 in. (1.0 to 1.1 mm)

Auto lash

Auto lash

BTDC 10° ± 5°

1 - 3 - 4 - 2

SH, SG or SG/CD and ABOVE multigrade and fuel-efficient oil

J070A04A-AAT

ITEMS

Engine Type

Bore x Stroke

Displacement (cc)

Idle Speed (RPM)

Spark plug

Spark plug gap

Valve Clearance

(warm engine)

Ignition timing (Base)

Firing order

Oil grade (API)

NGK

CHAMPION

Intake valve

Exhaust valve

Page 212: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

9 VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

4

Oil & Grease Standard

API SJ, SL or ABOVE,

ILSAC GF-3 or ABOVE

HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS MTF 75W/85 (API GL-4)

HYUNDAI GENUINE ATF SP III, DIAMOND ATF SP III, SK ATF SP III or other brands

meeting the SP III specification approved by Hyundai Motor Co..

PSF-3

DOT 3, DOT 4 or Equivalent

Ethylene glycol base for aluminum radiator

SAE 5W-20, 20W-30

SAE 10W-30 (ABOVE 0°F (-18°C))

LUBRICATION CHART

Item

Engine oil

Transaxle Manual

Auto

Power steering

Brake fluid

Coolant Manual

Transaxle

Automatic

Transaxle

J080A11A-AAT

Q'ty (US.QTS)(Imp.qts, liter)

Drain and refill

Without oil filter : 3.16 (2.3, 3.0)

With oil filter : 3.49 (2.9, 3.3)

2.27 (1.9, 2.15)

6.45 (5.4, 6.1)

0.95 (0.79, 0.9)

As required

6.2 (5.2, 5.88)

5.8 (4.8, 5.48)

Page 213: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

INDEX

1010

Page 214: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

10 INDEX

2

CCare of Cassette tapes .................................................................. 1-91Care of Disc ..................................................................................... 1-91Cargo Area Cover ........................................................................... 1-63Catalytic Converter ............................................................................ 7-3Changing a flat tire ............................................................................ 3-7Child-Protector Rear Door Look ....................................................... 1-5Child Restraint System.................................................................... 1-22

Installing a child restraint seat with the"Tether Anchorage" system .................................................... 1-24

Securing the child restraint seat with the "ISOFIX" system ... 1-25Cigarette Lighter .............................................................................. 1-52Clock ................................................................................................ 1-52Clutch

Checking fluid ............................................................................. 6-15Pedal free-play ............................................................................ 6-18

Combination LightHeadlight flasher ......................................................................... 1-48Headlight switch .......................................................................... 1-47High-beam switch ....................................................................... 1-48Lane change signal .................................................................... 1-47Turn signal operation ................................................................. 1-47

Cooling Fans .................................................................................... 6-22Corrosion Protection

Cleaning the interior ..................................................................... 4-5Protecting your Hyundai from corrosion .................................... 4-2Washing and waxing .................................................................... 4-3

AAirbag ......................................................................................................

1-30Air Cleaner Filter .............................................................................. 6-10Air Conditioner

Care ............................................................................................. 6-15Filter ............................................................................................. 1-73Operation ..................................................................................... 1-71

Antenna ............................................................................................ 1-93Ashtray ............................................................................................. 1-52Audio Fault Code ............................................................................. 1-90Audio System

Cassette tape player operation (H245) .................................... 1-82Compact disc player operation (H265) .................................... 1-87Stereo radio operation (H215, H245, H265) ........ 1-76, 1-79, 1-84

Automatic Transaxle .......................................................................... 2-7Overdrive switch .......................................................................... 2-9Shift lock release .......................................................................... 2-9

BBattery .............................................................................................. 6-21Bi-Level Heating ............................................................................... 1-69Binding Arbitration ............................................................................ 8-16Brake

Anti-lock system ......................................................................... 2-11Checking the brakes .................................................................. 6-14Fluid ............................................................................................. 6-14Pedal clearance .......................................................................... 6-18Pedal free-play ............................................................................ 6-18Practices ..................................................................................... 2-10

Breaking-In your new Hyundai ......................................................... 1-3

Page 215: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

10INDEX

3

DDefrosting/Defogging ....................................................................... 1-72Door

Central door lock .......................................................................... 1-6Door locks .................................................................................... 1-4Locking, unlocking front door with a key ................................... 1-4

Drink Holder ..................................................................................... 1-53Drive Belts ........................................................................................ 6-19Driving

Economical driving ...................................................................... 2-12Smooth cornering ....................................................................... 2-13Winter driving .............................................................................. 2-13

Dual-Stage Supplemental Restraint (AIRBAG) System ................ 1-30

EEmission Control Systems ................................................................ 7-1Engine

Before starting the engine ............................................................ 2-3Compartment (For 1.6 DOHC) ................................................... 6-2Coolant .......................................................................................... 6-6Coolant temperature gauge ....................................................... 1-42If the engine overheats ................................................................ 3-4Number .......................................................................................... 8-2Oil .................................................................................................. 6-4Starting .......................................................................................... 2-4

Engine Exhaust Can Be Dangerous ................................................ 2-2

FFan Speed Control (Blower Control) .............................................. 1-66Fog Light

Front ............................................................................................ 1-51Front Seats

Adjustable front seats ................................................................ 1-11Adjustable headrests .................................................................. 1-12Adjusting seatback angle ........................................................... 1-11Adjusting seatback forward and rearward ............................... 1-11Lumbar support control .............................................................. 1-13Seat cushion height adjustment ................................................ 1-13Seat pocket ................................................................................. 1-55

FuelCapacity ........................................................................................ 9-2Gauge .......................................................................................... 1-42Recommendations ........................................................................ 1-2

Fuel Filler LidRemote release .......................................................................... 1-60

Fuses ......................................................................................................6-19

GGeneral Checks ................................................................................ 6-3Glove box ......................................................................................... 1-55

HHazard Warning System ................................................................. 1-50

Page 216: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

10 INDEX

4

Maintenance under severe usage conditions ................................ 5-6Scheduled maintenance ................................................................. 5-4Service requirements ..................................................................... 5-2

MirrorsDay/night inside rearview ............................................................. 1-58Outside rear view ........................................................................ 1-56

OOdometer/Trip Odometer .................................................................. 1-44

PParking Brake ................................................................................... 1-58Power Steering Fluid Level ............................................................... 6-22Pretensioner Seat Belt ...................................................................... 1-28RRear Seats

Folding seatbacks ........................................................................ 1-15Rear seat entry ............................................................................ 1-13

Rear Window Defroster Switch ......................................................... 1-51Rear Window Wiper and Washer ..................................................... 1-49Replacement of Bulbs ....................................................................... 6-24

SSeat Belts

2-Point static type ........................................................................ 1-213-Point type .................................................................................. 1-19Adjusting your seat belt ............................................................... 1-20Adjutable height ........................................................................... 1-18Care of seat belts ........................................................................ 1-18

Headlight Bulb .................................................................................. 6-25Heating and Ventilation

Air flow control ............................................................................ 1-67Air intake control ......................................................................... 1-66Bi-level heating ............................................................................ 1-69Defrosting/Defogging .................................................................. 1-72Fan seed control (Blower control) ............................................ 1-66Temperature control ................................................................... 1-69

High-Mounted Rear Stop Light ....................................................... 1-58Hood Release .................................................................................. 1-59Horn ................................................................................................ 1-64

IIgnition Switch ..................................................................................... 2-3Instrument Cluster and Indicator Lights ............................................ 1-39Instrument Panel Light Control (Rheostat) ....................................... 1-50Interior Light ...................................................................................... 1-54

JJump Starting ...................................................................................... 3-3

KKeys .................................................................................................. 1-3

If you lose your keys ................................................................... 3-14Positions ........................................................................................ 2-3

MMaintenance Intervals

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items .............................. 5-7

Page 217: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

10INDEX

5

Precautions .................................................................................. 1-16Spark Plugs ........................................................................................ 6-8Speedometer .................................................................................... 1-43Starting Procedures ........................................................................... 2-5Steering Wheel

Free-play ..................................................................................... 6-17Stereo Sound System ..................................................................... 1-74Sun Visor .......................................................................................... 1-63

TTachometer ...................................................................................... 1-43Tailgate ............................................................................................. 1-62Theft-Alarm System ........................................................................... 1-7Tires

Balancing ..................................................................................... 8-11Chains ......................................................................................... 8-10Changing a flat tire ....................................................................... 3-7If you have a flat tire .................................................................... 3-6Information .................................................................................... 8-2Pressure (see glove box) ............................................................ 8-3Replacement ............................................................................... 8-11Rotation ....................................................................................... 8-10Snow tires ..................................................................................... 8-9Spare tire ....................................................................................... 3-5Traction ....................................................................................... 8-11

TowingEmergency .................................................................................. 3-14If your car must be towed ......................................................... 3-12

Trailer towing .............................................................................. 2-16Transaxle

Automatic ....................................................................................... 2-7Automatic transaxle fluid checking ............................................ 6-12Manual ........................................................................................... 2-5Manual transaxle oil checking ................................................... 6-11

Trip Computer .................................................................................. 1-44Trunk

Emergency latch release ........................................................... 1-62Remote release .......................................................................... 1-61

VVehicle Identification Number (VIN) ................................................. 8-2Vehicle Load Limt ............................................................................ 2-16Vehicle Specifications

Engine ............................................................................................ 9-3Lubrication Chart .......................................................................... 9-4Measurement ................................................................................ 9-2

WWarning and Indicatior Lights ......................................................... 1-39Windows

Manual ........................................................................................... 1-9Power .......................................................................................... 1-10

Windshield Wiper and Washer ........................................................ 1-48Adjustable intermittent wiper operation ..................................... 1-49Windshield Wiper Blades ............................................................ 6-10

Page 218: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

A000A01A-AAT

This Owner's Manual should be considered a part of the car and remain with it when it is sold for the use of the next owner.

OWNER'S I.D.

ORIGINAL OWNER

ADDRESS

CITY STATE ZIP CODE

DELIVERY DATE

(Date Sold to Original Retail purchaser)

DEALER NAME DEALER NO.

ADDRESS

CITY STATE ZIP CODE

Page 219: lcflhma-0 · A050A04A-AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note:Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual

Seoul Korea

Printing: JUN. 23, 2005Publication No.: A25O-EU56NPrinted in Korea

SERVICE STATION INFORMATIONFUEL:UNLEADED gasoline onlyPump Octane Rating of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher.

FUEL TANK CAPACITYOriginal, US.gal (Imp.gal., liter) 11.9 (9.9, 45)

TIRE PRESSURE:See the label in the glove box.

OTHER TIRE INFORMATION:See pages 8-1 through 8-12

HOOD RELEASE:Pull handle under left side of dash.

ENGINE OIL:API grade SJ, SL or ABOVE / ILSAC grade GF-3 or ABOVE and fuelefficient oil. Use SAE 5W-20, 5W-30 or 10W-30 if normal tempera-tures are above 0°F (-18°C). For other viscosity recommendations,see page 6-4 or 9-4.

MANUAL TRANSAXLE:HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS MTF 75W/85 (API GL-4) Oil levelshould be up to filler-bolt hole in housing beside differential.

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE:Apply the parking brake, with the engine running, shift the selector leverthrough all ranges and return to “N” (Neutral) position. Then check thelevel of fluid on the dipstick. Use only HYUNDAI GENUINE ATFSP III, DIAMOND ATF SP III, SK ATF SP III or other brands meetingthe SP III specification approved by Hyundai Motor Co..

QUICK INDEXo Car will not start .................................................................... 3-2o Flat tire ................................................................................. 3-6o Warning light/chime comes on .................................... 1-39 ~ 1-42o Engine overheats ................................................................... 3-4o Towing of your vehicle ......................................................... 3-11o Starting the engine ................................................................. 2-4o Driving tips for first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) .......................... 1-3o Scheduled maintenance ......................................................... 5-4o Reporting safety defects ...................................................... 8-14


Recommended